d/freebsd-skq
1
0
Fork 0
Code Issues Pull Requests Packages Projects Releases Wiki Activity
b06b097805
freebsd-skq/contrib/gcc/dwarf2out.c

12304 lines
358 KiB
C
Raw Blame History

This file contains invisible Unicode characters

This file contains invisible Unicode characters that are indistinguishable to humans but may be processed differently by a computer. If you think that this is intentional, you can safely ignore this warning. Use the Escape button to reveal them.

/* Output Dwarf2 format symbol table information from the GNU C compiler.
Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002
Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Contributed by Gary Funck (gary@intrepid.com).
Derived from DWARF 1 implementation of Ron Guilmette (rfg@monkeys.com).
Extensively modified by Jason Merrill (jason@cygnus.com).
This file is part of GCC.
GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later
version.
GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License
for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with GCC; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
02111-1307, USA. */
/* TODO: Emit .debug_line header even when there are no functions, since
the file numbers are used by .debug_info. Alternately, leave
out locations for types and decls.
Avoid talking about ctors and op= for PODs.
Factor out common prologue sequences into multiple CIEs. */
/* The first part of this file deals with the DWARF 2 frame unwind
information, which is also used by the GCC efficient exception handling
mechanism. The second part, controlled only by an #ifdef
DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO, deals with the other DWARF 2 debugging
information. */
#include "config.h"
#include "system.h"
#include "tree.h"
#include "flags.h"
#include "rtl.h"
#include "hard-reg-set.h"
#include "regs.h"
#include "insn-config.h"
#include "reload.h"
#include "function.h"
#include "output.h"
#include "expr.h"
#include "libfuncs.h"
#include "except.h"
#include "dwarf2.h"
#include "dwarf2out.h"
#include "dwarf2asm.h"
#include "toplev.h"
#include "varray.h"
#include "ggc.h"
#include "md5.h"
#include "tm_p.h"
#include "diagnostic.h"
#include "debug.h"
#include "target.h"
#include "langhooks.h"
#include "hashtable.h"
#ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
static void dwarf2out_source_line PARAMS ((unsigned int, const char *));
#endif
/* DWARF2 Abbreviation Glossary:
CFA = Canonical Frame Address
a fixed address on the stack which identifies a call frame.
We define it to be the value of SP just before the call insn.
The CFA register and offset, which may change during the course
of the function, are used to calculate its value at runtime.
CFI = Call Frame Instruction
an instruction for the DWARF2 abstract machine
CIE = Common Information Entry
information describing information common to one or more FDEs
DIE = Debugging Information Entry
FDE = Frame Description Entry
information describing the stack call frame, in particular,
how to restore registers
DW_CFA_... = DWARF2 CFA call frame instruction
DW_TAG_... = DWARF2 DIE tag */
/* Decide whether we want to emit frame unwind information for the current
translation unit. */
int
dwarf2out_do_frame ()
{
return (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG
|| write_symbols == VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG
#ifdef DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
|| DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
#endif
#ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
|| flag_unwind_tables
|| (flag_exceptions && ! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS)
#endif
);
}
/* The number of the current function definition for which debugging
information is being generated. These numbers range from 1 up to the
maximum number of function definitions contained within the current
compilation unit. These numbers are used to create unique label id's
unique to each function definition. */
unsigned current_funcdef_number = 0;
/* The size of the target's pointer type. */
#ifndef PTR_SIZE
#define PTR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
#endif
/* Default version of targetm.eh_frame_section. Note this must appear
outside the DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO || DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO macro
guards. */
void
default_eh_frame_section ()
{
#ifdef EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
named_section_flags (EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME, SECTION_WRITE);
#else
tree label = get_file_function_name ('F');
data_section ();
ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE));
ASM_GLOBALIZE_LABEL (asm_out_file, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label));
ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label));
#endif
}
#if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
/* How to start an assembler comment. */
#ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
#define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
#endif
typedef struct dw_cfi_struct *dw_cfi_ref;
typedef struct dw_fde_struct *dw_fde_ref;
typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct *dw_cfi_oprnd_ref;
/* Call frames are described using a sequence of Call Frame
Information instructions. The register number, offset
and address fields are provided as possible operands;
their use is selected by the opcode field. */
typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct
{
unsigned long dw_cfi_reg_num;
long int dw_cfi_offset;
const char *dw_cfi_addr;
struct dw_loc_descr_struct *dw_cfi_loc;
}
dw_cfi_oprnd;
typedef struct dw_cfi_struct
{
dw_cfi_ref dw_cfi_next;
enum dwarf_call_frame_info dw_cfi_opc;
dw_cfi_oprnd dw_cfi_oprnd1;
dw_cfi_oprnd dw_cfi_oprnd2;
}
dw_cfi_node;
/* This is how we define the location of the CFA. We use to handle it
as REG + OFFSET all the time, but now it can be more complex.
It can now be either REG + CFA_OFFSET or *(REG + BASE_OFFSET) + CFA_OFFSET.
Instead of passing around REG and OFFSET, we pass a copy
of this structure. */
typedef struct cfa_loc
{
unsigned long reg;
long offset;
long base_offset;
int indirect; /* 1 if CFA is accessed via a dereference. */
} dw_cfa_location;
/* All call frame descriptions (FDE's) in the GCC generated DWARF
refer to a single Common Information Entry (CIE), defined at
the beginning of the .debug_frame section. This use of a single
CIE obviates the need to keep track of multiple CIE's
in the DWARF generation routines below. */
typedef struct dw_fde_struct
{
const char *dw_fde_begin;
const char *dw_fde_current_label;
const char *dw_fde_end;
dw_cfi_ref dw_fde_cfi;
unsigned funcdef_number;
unsigned nothrow : 1;
unsigned uses_eh_lsda : 1;
}
dw_fde_node;
/* Maximum size (in bytes) of an artificially generated label. */
#define MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES 30
/* The size of addresses as they appear in the Dwarf 2 data.
Some architectures use word addresses to refer to code locations,
but Dwarf 2 info always uses byte addresses. On such machines,
Dwarf 2 addresses need to be larger than the architecture's
pointers. */
#ifndef DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
#define DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
#endif
/* The size in bytes of a DWARF field indicating an offset or length
relative to a debug info section, specified to be 4 bytes in the
DWARF-2 specification. The SGI/MIPS ABI defines it to be the same
as PTR_SIZE. */
#ifndef DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
#define DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE 4
#endif
#define DWARF_VERSION 2
/* Round SIZE up to the nearest BOUNDARY. */
#define DWARF_ROUND(SIZE,BOUNDARY) \
((((SIZE) + (BOUNDARY) - 1) / (BOUNDARY)) * (BOUNDARY))
/* Offsets recorded in opcodes are a multiple of this alignment factor. */
#ifndef DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
#ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
#define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT (-((int) UNITS_PER_WORD))
#else
#define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT ((int) UNITS_PER_WORD)
#endif
#endif
/* A pointer to the base of a table that contains frame description
information for each routine. */
static dw_fde_ref fde_table;
/* Number of elements currently allocated for fde_table. */
static unsigned fde_table_allocated;
/* Number of elements in fde_table currently in use. */
static unsigned fde_table_in_use;
/* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
fde_table. */
#define FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
/* A list of call frame insns for the CIE. */
static dw_cfi_ref cie_cfi_head;
/* Some DWARF extensions (e.g., MIPS/SGI) implement a subprogram
attribute that accelerates the lookup of the FDE associated
with the subprogram. This variable holds the table index of the FDE
associated with the current function (body) definition. */
static unsigned current_funcdef_fde;
struct ht *debug_str_hash;
struct indirect_string_node
{
struct ht_identifier id;
unsigned int refcount;
unsigned int form;
char *label;
};
/* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
static char *stripattributes PARAMS ((const char *));
static const char *dwarf_cfi_name PARAMS ((unsigned));
static dw_cfi_ref new_cfi PARAMS ((void));
static void add_cfi PARAMS ((dw_cfi_ref *, dw_cfi_ref));
static void add_fde_cfi PARAMS ((const char *, dw_cfi_ref));
static void lookup_cfa_1 PARAMS ((dw_cfi_ref,
dw_cfa_location *));
static void lookup_cfa PARAMS ((dw_cfa_location *));
static void reg_save PARAMS ((const char *, unsigned,
unsigned, long));
static void initial_return_save PARAMS ((rtx));
static long stack_adjust_offset PARAMS ((rtx));
static void output_cfi PARAMS ((dw_cfi_ref, dw_fde_ref, int));
static void output_call_frame_info PARAMS ((int));
static void dwarf2out_stack_adjust PARAMS ((rtx));
static void queue_reg_save PARAMS ((const char *, rtx, long));
static void flush_queued_reg_saves PARAMS ((void));
static bool clobbers_queued_reg_save PARAMS ((rtx));
static void dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr PARAMS ((rtx, const char *));
/* Support for complex CFA locations. */
static void output_cfa_loc PARAMS ((dw_cfi_ref));
static void get_cfa_from_loc_descr PARAMS ((dw_cfa_location *,
struct dw_loc_descr_struct *));
static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *build_cfa_loc
PARAMS ((dw_cfa_location *));
static void def_cfa_1 PARAMS ((const char *,
dw_cfa_location *));
/* How to start an assembler comment. */
#ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
#define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
#endif
/* Data and reference forms for relocatable data. */
#define DW_FORM_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_data8 : DW_FORM_data4)
#define DW_FORM_ref (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_ref8 : DW_FORM_ref4)
/* Pseudo-op for defining a new section. */
#ifndef SECTION_ASM_OP
#define SECTION_ASM_OP "\t.section\t"
#endif
#ifndef DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
#define DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION ".debug_frame"
#endif
#ifndef FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
#define FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL "LFB"
#endif
#ifndef FUNC_END_LABEL
#define FUNC_END_LABEL "LFE"
#endif
#define FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL "Lframe"
#define CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LSCIE"
#define CIE_END_LABEL "LECIE"
#define CIE_LENGTH_LABEL "LLCIE"
#define FDE_LABEL "LSFDE"
#define FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LASFDE"
#define FDE_END_LABEL "LEFDE"
#define FDE_LENGTH_LABEL "LLFDE"
#define LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL "LSLT"
#define LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL "LELT"
#define LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL "LASLTP"
#define LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL "LELTP"
#define DIE_LABEL_PREFIX "DW"
/* Definitions of defaults for various types of primitive assembly language
output operations. These may be overridden from within the tm.h file,
but typically, that is unnecessary. */
#ifdef SET_ASM_OP
#ifndef ASM_OUTPUT_DEFINE_LABEL_DIFFERENCE_SYMBOL
#define ASM_OUTPUT_DEFINE_LABEL_DIFFERENCE_SYMBOL(FILE, SY, HI, LO) \
do { \
fprintf (FILE, "%s", SET_ASM_OP); \
assemble_name (FILE, SY); \
fputc (',', FILE); \
assemble_name (FILE, HI); \
fputc ('-', FILE); \
assemble_name (FILE, LO); \
} while (0)
#endif
#endif
/* The DWARF 2 CFA column which tracks the return address. Normally this
is the column for PC, or the first column after all of the hard
registers. */
#ifndef DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
#ifdef PC_REGNUM
#define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (PC_REGNUM)
#else
#define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
#endif
#endif
/* The mapping from gcc register number to DWARF 2 CFA column number. By
default, we just provide columns for all registers. */
#ifndef DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM
#define DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM(REG) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (REG)
#endif
/* The offset from the incoming value of %sp to the top of the stack frame
for the current function. */
#ifndef INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET
#define INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET 0
#endif
/* Hook used by __throw. */
rtx
expand_builtin_dwarf_fp_regnum ()
{
return GEN_INT (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM));
}
/* Return a pointer to a copy of the section string name S with all
attributes stripped off, and an asterisk prepended (for assemble_name). */
static inline char *
stripattributes (s)
const char *s;
{
char *stripped = xmalloc (strlen (s) + 2);
char *p = stripped;
*p++ = '*';
while (*s && *s != ',')
*p++ = *s++;
*p = '\0';
return stripped;
}
/* Generate code to initialize the register size table. */
void
expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes (address)
tree address;
{
int i;
enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (char_type_node);
rtx addr = expand_expr (address, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0);
rtx mem = gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode, addr);
for (i = 0; i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; i++)
if (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i) < DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS)
{
HOST_WIDE_INT offset = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i) * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
HOST_WIDE_INT size = GET_MODE_SIZE (reg_raw_mode[i]);
if (offset < 0)
continue;
emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem, mode, offset), GEN_INT (size));
}
}
/* Convert a DWARF call frame info. operation to its string name */
static const char *
dwarf_cfi_name (cfi_opc)
unsigned cfi_opc;
{
switch (cfi_opc)
{
case DW_CFA_advance_loc:
return "DW_CFA_advance_loc";
case DW_CFA_offset:
return "DW_CFA_offset";
case DW_CFA_restore:
return "DW_CFA_restore";
case DW_CFA_nop:
return "DW_CFA_nop";
case DW_CFA_set_loc:
return "DW_CFA_set_loc";
case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
return "DW_CFA_advance_loc1";
case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
return "DW_CFA_advance_loc2";
case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
return "DW_CFA_advance_loc4";
case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
return "DW_CFA_offset_extended";
case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
return "DW_CFA_restore_extended";
case DW_CFA_undefined:
return "DW_CFA_undefined";
case DW_CFA_same_value:
return "DW_CFA_same_value";
case DW_CFA_register:
return "DW_CFA_register";
case DW_CFA_remember_state:
return "DW_CFA_remember_state";
case DW_CFA_restore_state:
return "DW_CFA_restore_state";
case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
return "DW_CFA_def_cfa";
case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register";
case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset";
/* DWARF 3 */
case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression";
case DW_CFA_expression:
return "DW_CFA_expression";
case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
return "DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf";
case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf";
case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf";
/* SGI/MIPS specific */
case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
return "DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8";
/* GNU extensions */
case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
return "DW_CFA_GNU_window_save";
case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
return "DW_CFA_GNU_args_size";
case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended:
return "DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended";
default:
return "DW_CFA_<unknown>";
}
}
/* Return a pointer to a newly allocated Call Frame Instruction. */
static inline dw_cfi_ref
new_cfi ()
{
dw_cfi_ref cfi = (dw_cfi_ref) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_cfi_node));
cfi->dw_cfi_next = NULL;
cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = 0;
cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num = 0;
return cfi;
}
/* Add a Call Frame Instruction to list of instructions. */
static inline void
add_cfi (list_head, cfi)
dw_cfi_ref *list_head;
dw_cfi_ref cfi;
{
dw_cfi_ref *p;
/* Find the end of the chain. */
for (p = list_head; (*p) != NULL; p = &(*p)->dw_cfi_next)
;
*p = cfi;
}
/* Generate a new label for the CFI info to refer to. */
char *
dwarf2out_cfi_label ()
{
static char label[20];
static unsigned long label_num = 0;
ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LCFI", label_num++);
ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, label);
return label;
}
/* Add CFI to the current fde at the PC value indicated by LABEL if specified,
or to the CIE if LABEL is NULL. */
static void
add_fde_cfi (label, cfi)
const char *label;
dw_cfi_ref cfi;
{
if (label)
{
dw_fde_ref fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1];
if (*label == 0)
label = dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
if (fde->dw_fde_current_label == NULL
|| strcmp (label, fde->dw_fde_current_label) != 0)
{
dw_cfi_ref xcfi;
fde->dw_fde_current_label = label = xstrdup (label);
/* Set the location counter to the new label. */
xcfi = new_cfi ();
xcfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_advance_loc4;
xcfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr = label;
add_cfi (&fde->dw_fde_cfi, xcfi);
}
add_cfi (&fde->dw_fde_cfi, cfi);
}
else
add_cfi (&cie_cfi_head, cfi);
}
/* Subroutine of lookup_cfa. */
static inline void
lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, loc)
dw_cfi_ref cfi;
dw_cfa_location *loc;
{
switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
{
case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
loc->offset = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset;
break;
case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
loc->reg = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num;
break;
case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
loc->reg = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num;
loc->offset = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset;
break;
case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
get_cfa_from_loc_descr (loc, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc);
break;
default:
break;
}
}
/* Find the previous value for the CFA. */
static void
lookup_cfa (loc)
dw_cfa_location *loc;
{
dw_cfi_ref cfi;
loc->reg = (unsigned long) -1;
loc->offset = 0;
loc->indirect = 0;
loc->base_offset = 0;
for (cfi = cie_cfi_head; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, loc);
if (fde_table_in_use)
{
dw_fde_ref fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1];
for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, loc);
}
}
/* The current rule for calculating the DWARF2 canonical frame address. */
static dw_cfa_location cfa;
/* The register used for saving registers to the stack, and its offset
from the CFA. */
static dw_cfa_location cfa_store;
/* The running total of the size of arguments pushed onto the stack. */
static long args_size;
/* The last args_size we actually output. */
static long old_args_size;
/* Entry point to update the canonical frame address (CFA).
LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi. The value of CFA is now to be
calculated from REG+OFFSET. */
void
dwarf2out_def_cfa (label, reg, offset)
const char *label;
unsigned reg;
long offset;
{
dw_cfa_location loc;
loc.indirect = 0;
loc.base_offset = 0;
loc.reg = reg;
loc.offset = offset;
def_cfa_1 (label, &loc);
}
/* This routine does the actual work. The CFA is now calculated from
the dw_cfa_location structure. */
static void
def_cfa_1 (label, loc_p)
const char *label;
dw_cfa_location *loc_p;
{
dw_cfi_ref cfi;
dw_cfa_location old_cfa, loc;
cfa = *loc_p;
loc = *loc_p;
if (cfa_store.reg == loc.reg && loc.indirect == 0)
cfa_store.offset = loc.offset;
loc.reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (loc.reg);
lookup_cfa (&old_cfa);
/* If nothing changed, no need to issue any call frame instructions. */
if (loc.reg == old_cfa.reg && loc.offset == old_cfa.offset
&& loc.indirect == old_cfa.indirect
&& (loc.indirect == 0 || loc.base_offset == old_cfa.base_offset))
return;
cfi = new_cfi ();
if (loc.reg == old_cfa.reg && !loc.indirect)
{
/* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset <offset>" instruction,
indicating the CFA register did not change but the offset
did. */
cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset;
cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset = loc.offset;
}
#ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO /* SGI dbx thinks this means no offset. */
else if (loc.offset == old_cfa.offset && old_cfa.reg != (unsigned long) -1
&& !loc.indirect)
{
/* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register <register>" instruction,
indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> but the
offset has not changed. */
cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_register;
cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = loc.reg;
}
#endif
else if (loc.indirect == 0)
{
/* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa <register> <offset>" instruction,
indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> with
the specified offset. */
cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa;
cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = loc.reg;
cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset = loc.offset;
}
else
{
/* Construct a DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression instruction to
calculate the CFA using a full location expression since no
register-offset pair is available. */
struct dw_loc_descr_struct *loc_list;
cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression;
loc_list = build_cfa_loc (&loc);
cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc = loc_list;
}
add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
}
/* Add the CFI for saving a register. REG is the CFA column number.
LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi.
If SREG is -1, the register is saved at OFFSET from the CFA;
otherwise it is saved in SREG. */
static void
reg_save (label, reg, sreg, offset)
const char *label;
unsigned reg;
unsigned sreg;
long offset;
{
dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = reg;
/* The following comparison is correct. -1 is used to indicate that
the value isn't a register number. */
if (sreg == (unsigned int) -1)
{
if (reg & ~0x3f)
/* The register number won't fit in 6 bits, so we have to use
the long form. */
cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset_extended;
else
cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset;
#ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
{
/* If we get an offset that is not a multiple of
DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, there is either a bug in the
definition of DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, or a bug in the machine
description. */
long check_offset = offset / DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT;
if (check_offset * DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT != offset)
abort ();
}
#endif
offset /= DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT;
if (offset < 0)
cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf;
cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset = offset;
}
else if (sreg == reg)
/* We could emit a DW_CFA_same_value in this case, but don't bother. */
return;
else
{
cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_register;
cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num = sreg;
}
add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
}
/* Add the CFI for saving a register window. LABEL is passed to reg_save.
This CFI tells the unwinder that it needs to restore the window registers
from the previous frame's window save area.
??? Perhaps we should note in the CIE where windows are saved (instead of
assuming 0(cfa)) and what registers are in the window. */
void
dwarf2out_window_save (label)
const char *label;
{
dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_GNU_window_save;
add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
}
/* Add a CFI to update the running total of the size of arguments
pushed onto the stack. */
void
dwarf2out_args_size (label, size)
const char *label;
long size;
{
dw_cfi_ref cfi;
if (size == old_args_size)
return;
old_args_size = size;
cfi = new_cfi ();
cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_GNU_args_size;
cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset = size;
add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
}
/* Entry point for saving a register to the stack. REG is the GCC register
number. LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
void
dwarf2out_reg_save (label, reg, offset)
const char *label;
unsigned reg;
long offset;
{
reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (reg), -1, offset);
}
/* Entry point for saving the return address in the stack.
LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
void
dwarf2out_return_save (label, offset)
const char *label;
long offset;
{
reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, -1, offset);
}
/* Entry point for saving the return address in a register.
LABEL and SREG are passed to reg_save. */
void
dwarf2out_return_reg (label, sreg)
const char *label;
unsigned sreg;
{
reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, sreg, 0);
}
/* Record the initial position of the return address. RTL is
INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX. */
static void
initial_return_save (rtl)
rtx rtl;
{
unsigned int reg = (unsigned int) -1;
HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
{
case REG:
/* RA is in a register. */
reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (rtl));
break;
case MEM:
/* RA is on the stack. */
rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
{
case REG:
if (REGNO (rtl) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
abort ();
offset = 0;
break;
case PLUS:
if (REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
abort ();
offset = INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1));
break;
case MINUS:
if (REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
abort ();
offset = -INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1));
break;
default:
abort ();
}
break;
case PLUS:
/* The return address is at some offset from any value we can
actually load. For instance, on the SPARC it is in %i7+8. Just
ignore the offset for now; it doesn't matter for unwinding frames. */
if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)) != CONST_INT)
abort ();
initial_return_save (XEXP (rtl, 0));
return;
default:
abort ();
}
reg_save (NULL, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, reg, offset - cfa.offset);
}
/* Given a SET, calculate the amount of stack adjustment it
contains. */
static long
stack_adjust_offset (pattern)
rtx pattern;
{
rtx src = SET_SRC (pattern);
rtx dest = SET_DEST (pattern);
HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
enum rtx_code code;
if (dest == stack_pointer_rtx)
{
/* (set (reg sp) (plus (reg sp) (const_int))) */
code = GET_CODE (src);
if (! (code == PLUS || code == MINUS)
|| XEXP (src, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx
|| GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) != CONST_INT)
return 0;
offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
}
else if (GET_CODE (dest) == MEM)
{
/* (set (mem (pre_dec (reg sp))) (foo)) */
src = XEXP (dest, 0);
code = GET_CODE (src);
if ((code != PRE_DEC && code != PRE_INC && code != PRE_MODIFY)
|| XEXP (src, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx)
return 0;
if (code == PRE_MODIFY)
{
rtx val = XEXP (XEXP (src, 1), 1);
/* We handle only adjustments by constant amount. */
if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) != PLUS ||
GET_CODE (val) != CONST_INT)
abort ();
offset = -INTVAL (val);
}
else
offset = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
}
else
return 0;
if (code == PLUS || code == PRE_INC)
offset = -offset;
return offset;
}
/* Check INSN to see if it looks like a push or a stack adjustment, and
make a note of it if it does. EH uses this information to find out how
much extra space it needs to pop off the stack. */
static void
dwarf2out_stack_adjust (insn)
rtx insn;
{
HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
const char *label;
int i;
if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables && GET_CODE (insn) == CALL_INSN)
{
/* Extract the size of the args from the CALL rtx itself. */
insn = PATTERN (insn);
if (GET_CODE (insn) == PARALLEL)
insn = XVECEXP (insn, 0, 0);
if (GET_CODE (insn) == SET)
insn = SET_SRC (insn);
if (GET_CODE (insn) != CALL)
abort ();
dwarf2out_args_size ("", INTVAL (XEXP (insn, 1)));
return;
}
/* If only calls can throw, and we have a frame pointer,
save up adjustments until we see the CALL_INSN. */
else if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables && cfa.reg != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
return;
if (GET_CODE (insn) == BARRIER)
{
/* When we see a BARRIER, we know to reset args_size to 0. Usually
the compiler will have already emitted a stack adjustment, but
doesn't bother for calls to noreturn functions. */
#ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
offset = -args_size;
#else
offset = args_size;
#endif
}
else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SET)
offset = stack_adjust_offset (PATTERN (insn));
else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == PARALLEL
|| GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SEQUENCE)
{
/* There may be stack adjustments inside compound insns. Search
for them. */
for (offset = 0, i = XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn), 0) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i)) == SET)
offset += stack_adjust_offset (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i));
}
else
return;
if (offset == 0)
return;
if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
cfa.offset += offset;
#ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
offset = -offset;
#endif
args_size += offset;
if (args_size < 0)
args_size = 0;
label = dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
dwarf2out_args_size (label, args_size);
}
/* We delay emitting a register save until either (a) we reach the end
of the prologue or (b) the register is clobbered. This clusters
register saves so that there are fewer pc advances. */
struct queued_reg_save
{
struct queued_reg_save *next;
rtx reg;
long cfa_offset;
};
static struct queued_reg_save *queued_reg_saves;
static const char *last_reg_save_label;
static void
queue_reg_save (label, reg, offset)
const char *label;
rtx reg;
long offset;
{
struct queued_reg_save *q = (struct queued_reg_save *) xmalloc (sizeof (*q));
q->next = queued_reg_saves;
q->reg = reg;
q->cfa_offset = offset;
queued_reg_saves = q;
last_reg_save_label = label;
}
static void
flush_queued_reg_saves ()
{
struct queued_reg_save *q, *next;
for (q = queued_reg_saves; q ; q = next)
{
dwarf2out_reg_save (last_reg_save_label, REGNO (q->reg), q->cfa_offset);
next = q->next;
free (q);
}
queued_reg_saves = NULL;
last_reg_save_label = NULL;
}
static bool
clobbers_queued_reg_save (insn)
rtx insn;
{
struct queued_reg_save *q;
for (q = queued_reg_saves; q ; q = q->next)
if (modified_in_p (q->reg, insn))
return true;
return false;
}
/* A temporary register holding an integral value used in adjusting SP
or setting up the store_reg. The "offset" field holds the integer
value, not an offset. */
static dw_cfa_location cfa_temp;
/* Record call frame debugging information for an expression EXPR,
which either sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame
address) or saves a register to the stack. LABEL indicates the
address of EXPR.
This function encodes a state machine mapping rtxes to actions on
cfa, cfa_store, and cfa_temp.reg. We describe these rules so
users need not read the source code.
The High-Level Picture
Changes in the register we use to calculate the CFA: Currently we
assume that if you copy the CFA register into another register, we
should take the other one as the new CFA register; this seems to
work pretty well. If it's wrong for some target, it's simple
enough not to set RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on the insn in question.
Changes in the register we use for saving registers to the stack:
This is usually SP, but not always. Again, we deduce that if you
copy SP into another register (and SP is not the CFA register),
then the new register is the one we will be using for register
saves. This also seems to work.
Register saves: There's not much guesswork about this one; if
RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on an insn which modifies memory, it's a
register save, and the register used to calculate the destination
had better be the one we think we're using for this purpose.
Except: If the register being saved is the CFA register, and the
offset is non-zero, we are saving the CFA, so we assume we have to
use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression. If the offset is 0, we assume that
the intent is to save the value of SP from the previous frame.
Invariants / Summaries of Rules
cfa current rule for calculating the CFA. It usually
consists of a register and an offset.
cfa_store register used by prologue code to save things to the stack
cfa_store.offset is the offset from the value of
cfa_store.reg to the actual CFA
cfa_temp register holding an integral value. cfa_temp.offset
stores the value, which will be used to adjust the
stack pointer. cfa_temp is also used like cfa_store,
to track stores to the stack via fp or a temp reg.
Rules 1- 4: Setting a register's value to cfa.reg or an expression
with cfa.reg as the first operand changes the cfa.reg and its
cfa.offset. Rule 1 and 4 also set cfa_temp.reg and
cfa_temp.offset.
Rules 6- 9: Set a non-cfa.reg register value to a constant or an
expression yielding a constant. This sets cfa_temp.reg
and cfa_temp.offset.
Rule 5: Create a new register cfa_store used to save items to the
stack.
Rules 10-14: Save a register to the stack. Define offset as the
difference of the original location and cfa_store's
location (or cfa_temp's location if cfa_temp is used).
The Rules
"{a,b}" indicates a choice of a xor b.
"<reg>:cfa.reg" indicates that <reg> must equal cfa.reg.
Rule 1:
(set <reg1> <reg2>:cfa.reg)
effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
cfa.offset unchanged
cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
Rule 2:
(set sp ({minus,plus,losum} {sp,fp}:cfa.reg
{<const_int>,<reg>:cfa_temp.reg}))
effects: cfa.reg = sp if fp used
cfa.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset} if cfa.reg==sp
cfa_store.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset}
if cfa_store.reg==sp
Rule 3:
(set fp ({minus,plus,losum} <reg>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
effects: cfa.reg = fp
cfa_offset += +/- <const_int>
Rule 4:
(set <reg1> ({plus,losum} <reg2>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
constraints: <reg1> != fp
<reg1> != sp
effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
Rule 5:
(set <reg1> (plus <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg sp:cfa.reg))
constraints: <reg1> != fp
<reg1> != sp
effects: cfa_store.reg = <reg1>
cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset
Rule 6:
(set <reg> <const_int>)
effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
Rule 7:
(set <reg1>:cfa_temp.reg (ior <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg <const_int>))
effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
cfa_temp.offset |= <const_int>
Rule 8:
(set <reg> (high <exp>))
effects: none
Rule 9:
(set <reg> (lo_sum <exp> <const_int>))
effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
Rule 10:
(set (mem (pre_modify sp:cfa_store (???? <reg1> <const_int>))) <reg2>)
effects: cfa_store.offset -= <const_int>
cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
cfa.reg = sp
cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
Rule 11:
(set (mem ({pre_inc,pre_dec} sp:cfa_store.reg)) <reg>)
effects: cfa_store.offset += -/+ mode_size(mem)
cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
cfa.reg = sp
cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
Rule 12:
(set (mem ({minus,plus,losum} <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp} <const_int>))
<reg2>)
effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
cfa.base_offset = -/+ <const_int> - {cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
Rule 13:
(set (mem <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp}) <reg2>)
effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
cfa.base_offset = -{cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
Rule 14:
(set (mem (postinc <reg1>:cfa_temp <const_int>)) <reg2>)
effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
cfa.base_offset = -cfa_temp.offset
cfa_temp.offset -= mode_size(mem) */
static void
dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (expr, label)
rtx expr;
const char *label;
{
rtx src, dest;
HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
/* If RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on a PARALLEL, process each member of
the PARALLEL independently. The first element is always processed if
it is a SET. This is for backward compatibility. Other elements
are processed only if they are SETs and the RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P
flag is set in them. */
if (GET_CODE (expr) == PARALLEL || GET_CODE (expr) == SEQUENCE)
{
int par_index;
int limit = XVECLEN (expr, 0);
for (par_index = 0; par_index < limit; par_index++)
if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (expr, 0, par_index)) == SET
&& (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (XVECEXP (expr, 0, par_index))
|| par_index == 0))
dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (XVECEXP (expr, 0, par_index), label);
return;
}
if (GET_CODE (expr) != SET)
abort ();
src = SET_SRC (expr);
dest = SET_DEST (expr);
switch (GET_CODE (dest))
{
case REG:
/* Rule 1 */
/* Update the CFA rule wrt SP or FP. Make sure src is
relative to the current CFA register. */
switch (GET_CODE (src))
{
/* Setting FP from SP. */
case REG:
if (cfa.reg == (unsigned) REGNO (src))
/* OK. */
;
else
abort ();
/* We used to require that dest be either SP or FP, but the
ARM copies SP to a temporary register, and from there to
FP. So we just rely on the backends to only set
RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on appropriate insns. */
cfa.reg = REGNO (dest);
cfa_temp.reg = cfa.reg;
cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset;
break;
case PLUS:
case MINUS:
case LO_SUM:
if (dest == stack_pointer_rtx)
{
/* Rule 2 */
/* Adjusting SP. */
switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)))
{
case CONST_INT:
offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
break;
case REG:
if ((unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 1)) != cfa_temp.reg)
abort ();
offset = cfa_temp.offset;
break;
default:
abort ();
}
if (XEXP (src, 0) == hard_frame_pointer_rtx)
{
/* Restoring SP from FP in the epilogue. */
if (cfa.reg != (unsigned) HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM)
abort ();
cfa.reg = STACK_POINTER_REGNUM;
}
else if (GET_CODE (src) == LO_SUM)
/* Assume we've set the source reg of the LO_SUM from sp. */
;
else if (XEXP (src, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx)
abort ();
if (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS)
offset = -offset;
if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
cfa.offset += offset;
if (cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
cfa_store.offset += offset;
}
else if (dest == hard_frame_pointer_rtx)
{
/* Rule 3 */
/* Either setting the FP from an offset of the SP,
or adjusting the FP */
if (! frame_pointer_needed)
abort ();
if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 0)) == REG
&& (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa.reg
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == CONST_INT)
{
offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
if (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS)
offset = -offset;
cfa.offset += offset;
cfa.reg = HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM;
}
else
abort ();
}
else
{
if (GET_CODE (src) == MINUS)
abort ();
/* Rule 4 */
if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 0)) == REG
&& REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa.reg
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == CONST_INT)
{
/* Setting a temporary CFA register that will be copied
into the FP later on. */
offset = - INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
cfa.offset += offset;
cfa.reg = REGNO (dest);
/* Or used to save regs to the stack. */
cfa_temp.reg = cfa.reg;
cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset;
}
/* Rule 5 */
else if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 0)) == REG
&& REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa_temp.reg
&& XEXP (src, 1) == stack_pointer_rtx)
{
/* Setting a scratch register that we will use instead
of SP for saving registers to the stack. */
if (cfa.reg != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
abort ();
cfa_store.reg = REGNO (dest);
cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset;
}
/* Rule 9 */
else if (GET_CODE (src) == LO_SUM
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == CONST_INT)
{
cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
cfa_temp.offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
}
else
abort ();
}
break;
/* Rule 6 */
case CONST_INT:
cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
cfa_temp.offset = INTVAL (src);
break;
/* Rule 7 */
case IOR:
if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 0)) != REG
|| (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) != cfa_temp.reg
|| GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) != CONST_INT)
abort ();
if ((unsigned) REGNO (dest) != cfa_temp.reg)
cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
cfa_temp.offset |= INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
break;
/* Skip over HIGH, assuming it will be followed by a LO_SUM,
which will fill in all of the bits. */
/* Rule 8 */
case HIGH:
break;
default:
abort ();
}
def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
break;
case MEM:
if (GET_CODE (src) != REG)
abort ();
/* Saving a register to the stack. Make sure dest is relative to the
CFA register. */
switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)))
{
/* Rule 10 */
/* With a push. */
case PRE_MODIFY:
/* We can't handle variable size modifications. */
if (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1), 1)) != CONST_INT)
abort ();
offset = -INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1), 1));
if (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
|| cfa_store.reg != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
abort ();
cfa_store.offset += offset;
if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset;
offset = -cfa_store.offset;
break;
/* Rule 11 */
case PRE_INC:
case PRE_DEC:
offset = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)) == PRE_INC)
offset = -offset;
if (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
|| cfa_store.reg != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
abort ();
cfa_store.offset += offset;
if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset;
offset = -cfa_store.offset;
break;
/* Rule 12 */
/* With an offset. */
case PLUS:
case MINUS:
case LO_SUM:
if (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1)) != CONST_INT)
abort ();
offset = INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1));
if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)) == MINUS)
offset = -offset;
if (cfa_store.reg == (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)))
offset -= cfa_store.offset;
else if (cfa_temp.reg == (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)))
offset -= cfa_temp.offset;
else
abort ();
break;
/* Rule 13 */
/* Without an offset. */
case REG:
if (cfa_store.reg == (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (dest, 0)))
offset = -cfa_store.offset;
else if (cfa_temp.reg == (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (dest, 0)))
offset = -cfa_temp.offset;
else
abort ();
break;
/* Rule 14 */
case POST_INC:
if (cfa_temp.reg != (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)))
abort ();
offset = -cfa_temp.offset;
cfa_temp.offset -= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
break;
default:
abort ();
}
if (REGNO (src) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
&& REGNO (src) != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
&& (unsigned) REGNO (src) == cfa.reg)
{
/* We're storing the current CFA reg into the stack. */
if (cfa.offset == 0)
{
/* If the source register is exactly the CFA, assume
we're saving SP like any other register; this happens
on the ARM. */
def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
queue_reg_save (label, stack_pointer_rtx, offset);
break;
}
else
{
/* Otherwise, we'll need to look in the stack to
calculate the CFA. */
rtx x = XEXP (dest, 0);
if (GET_CODE (x) != REG)
x = XEXP (x, 0);
if (GET_CODE (x) != REG)
abort ();
cfa.reg = REGNO (x);
cfa.base_offset = offset;
cfa.indirect = 1;
def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
break;
}
}
def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
queue_reg_save (label, src, offset);
break;
default:
abort ();
}
}
/* Record call frame debugging information for INSN, which either
sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame address) or saves a
register to the stack. If INSN is NULL_RTX, initialize our state. */
void
dwarf2out_frame_debug (insn)
rtx insn;
{
const char *label;
rtx src;
if (insn == NULL_RTX)
{
/* Flush any queued register saves. */
flush_queued_reg_saves ();
/* Set up state for generating call frame debug info. */
lookup_cfa (&cfa);
if (cfa.reg != (unsigned long) DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM))
abort ();
cfa.reg = STACK_POINTER_REGNUM;
cfa_store = cfa;
cfa_temp.reg = -1;
cfa_temp.offset = 0;
return;
}
if (GET_CODE (insn) != INSN || clobbers_queued_reg_save (insn))
flush_queued_reg_saves ();
if (! RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn))
{
if (!ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS)
dwarf2out_stack_adjust (insn);
return;
}
label = dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
src = find_reg_note (insn, REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR, NULL_RTX);
if (src)
insn = XEXP (src, 0);
else
insn = PATTERN (insn);
dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (insn, label);
}
/* Output a Call Frame Information opcode and its operand(s). */
static void
output_cfi (cfi, fde, for_eh)
dw_cfi_ref cfi;
dw_fde_ref fde;
int for_eh;
{
if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_advance_loc)
dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc
| (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset & 0x3f)),
"DW_CFA_advance_loc 0x%lx",
cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset);
else if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_offset)
{
dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc
| (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num & 0x3f)),
"DW_CFA_offset, column 0x%lx",
cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num);
dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
}
else if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_restore)
dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc
| (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num & 0x3f)),
"DW_CFA_restore, column 0x%lx",
cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num);
else
{
dw2_asm_output_data (1, cfi->dw_cfi_opc,
"%s", dwarf_cfi_name (cfi->dw_cfi_opc));
switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
{
case DW_CFA_set_loc:
if (for_eh)
dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0),
gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr),
NULL);
else
dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr, NULL);
break;
case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
dw2_asm_output_delta (1, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
break;
case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
dw2_asm_output_delta (2, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
break;
case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
dw2_asm_output_delta (4, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
break;
case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
dw2_asm_output_delta (8, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
break;
case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num,
NULL);
dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
break;
case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num,
NULL);
dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
break;
case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
case DW_CFA_undefined:
case DW_CFA_same_value:
case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num,
NULL);
break;
case DW_CFA_register:
dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num,
NULL);
dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num,
NULL);
break;
case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
break;
case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
break;
case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
break;
case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
case DW_CFA_expression:
output_cfa_loc (cfi);
break;
case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended:
/* Obsoleted by DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf. */
abort ();
default:
break;
}
}
}
/* Output the call frame information used to used to record information
that relates to calculating the frame pointer, and records the
location of saved registers. */
static void
output_call_frame_info (for_eh)
int for_eh;
{
unsigned int i;
dw_fde_ref fde;
dw_cfi_ref cfi;
char l1[20], l2[20], section_start_label[20];
int any_lsda_needed = 0;
char augmentation[6];
int augmentation_size;
int fde_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
int per_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
int lsda_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
/* If we don't have any functions we'll want to unwind out of, don't emit any
EH unwind information. */
if (for_eh)
{
int any_eh_needed = flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables;
for (i = 0; i < fde_table_in_use; i++)
if (fde_table[i].uses_eh_lsda)
any_eh_needed = any_lsda_needed = 1;
else if (! fde_table[i].nothrow)
any_eh_needed = 1;
if (! any_eh_needed)
return;
}
/* We're going to be generating comments, so turn on app. */
if (flag_debug_asm)
app_enable ();
if (for_eh)
(*targetm.asm_out.eh_frame_section) ();
else
named_section_flags (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (section_start_label, FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL, for_eh);
ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, section_start_label);
/* Output the CIE. */
ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL, for_eh);
ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, CIE_END_LABEL, for_eh);
dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
"Length of Common Information Entry");
ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
/* Now that the CIE pointer is PC-relative for EH,
use 0 to identify the CIE. */
dw2_asm_output_data ((for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE),
(for_eh ? 0 : DW_CIE_ID),
"CIE Identifier Tag");
dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_CIE_VERSION, "CIE Version");
augmentation[0] = 0;
augmentation_size = 0;
if (for_eh)
{
char *p;
/* Augmentation:
z Indicates that a uleb128 is present to size the
augmentation section.
L Indicates the encoding (and thus presence) of
an LSDA pointer in the FDE augmentation.
R Indicates a non-default pointer encoding for
FDE code pointers.
P Indicates the presence of an encoding + language
personality routine in the CIE augmentation. */
fde_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0);
per_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
lsda_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
p = augmentation + 1;
if (eh_personality_libfunc)
{
*p++ = 'P';
augmentation_size += 1 + size_of_encoded_value (per_encoding);
}
if (any_lsda_needed)
{
*p++ = 'L';
augmentation_size += 1;
}
if (fde_encoding != DW_EH_PE_absptr)
{
*p++ = 'R';
augmentation_size += 1;
}
if (p > augmentation + 1)
{
augmentation[0] = 'z';
*p = '\0';
}
/* Ug. Some platforms can't do unaligned dynamic relocations at all. */
if (eh_personality_libfunc && per_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
{
int offset = ( 4 /* Length */
+ 4 /* CIE Id */
+ 1 /* CIE version */
+ strlen (augmentation) + 1 /* Augmentation */
+ size_of_uleb128 (1) /* Code alignment */
+ size_of_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT)
+ 1 /* RA column */
+ 1 /* Augmentation size */
+ 1 /* Personality encoding */ );
int pad = -offset & (PTR_SIZE - 1);
augmentation_size += pad;
/* Augmentations should be small, so there's scarce need to
iterate for a solution. Die if we exceed one uleb128 byte. */
if (size_of_uleb128 (augmentation_size) != 1)
abort ();
}
}
dw2_asm_output_nstring (augmentation, -1, "CIE Augmentation");
dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, "CIE Code Alignment Factor");
dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT,
"CIE Data Alignment Factor");
dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, "CIE RA Column");
if (augmentation[0])
{
dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (augmentation_size, "Augmentation size");
if (eh_personality_libfunc)
{
dw2_asm_output_data (1, per_encoding, "Personality (%s)",
eh_data_format_name (per_encoding));
dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (per_encoding,
eh_personality_libfunc, NULL);
}
if (any_lsda_needed)
dw2_asm_output_data (1, lsda_encoding, "LSDA Encoding (%s)",
eh_data_format_name (lsda_encoding));
if (fde_encoding != DW_EH_PE_absptr)
dw2_asm_output_data (1, fde_encoding, "FDE Encoding (%s)",
eh_data_format_name (fde_encoding));
}
for (cfi = cie_cfi_head; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
output_cfi (cfi, NULL, for_eh);
/* Pad the CIE out to an address sized boundary. */
ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file,
floor_log2 (for_eh ? PTR_SIZE : DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE));
ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
/* Loop through all of the FDE's. */
for (i = 0; i < fde_table_in_use; i++)
{
fde = &fde_table[i];
/* Don't emit EH unwind info for leaf functions that don't need it. */
if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables && for_eh && fde->nothrow
&& ! fde->uses_eh_lsda)
continue;
ASM_OUTPUT_INTERNAL_LABEL (asm_out_file, FDE_LABEL, for_eh + i * 2);
ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL, for_eh + i * 2);
ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, FDE_END_LABEL, for_eh + i * 2);
dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
"FDE Length");
ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
if (for_eh)
dw2_asm_output_delta (4, l1, section_start_label, "FDE CIE offset");
else
dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, section_start_label,
"FDE CIE offset");
if (for_eh)
{
dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding,
gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, fde->dw_fde_begin),
"FDE initial location");
dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding),
fde->dw_fde_end, fde->dw_fde_begin,
"FDE address range");
}
else
{
dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, fde->dw_fde_begin,
"FDE initial location");
dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
fde->dw_fde_end, fde->dw_fde_begin,
"FDE address range");
}
if (augmentation[0])
{
if (any_lsda_needed)
{
int size = size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding);
if (lsda_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
{
int offset = ( 4 /* Length */
+ 4 /* CIE offset */
+ 2 * size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding)
+ 1 /* Augmentation size */ );
int pad = -offset & (PTR_SIZE - 1);
size += pad;
if (size_of_uleb128 (size) != 1)
abort ();
}
dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size, "Augmentation size");
if (fde->uses_eh_lsda)
{
ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, "LLSDA",
fde->funcdef_number);
dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
lsda_encoding, gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, l1),
"Language Specific Data Area");
}
else
{
if (lsda_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE));
dw2_asm_output_data
(size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding), 0,
"Language Specific Data Area (none)");
}
}
else
dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, "Augmentation size");
}
/* Loop through the Call Frame Instructions associated with
this FDE. */
fde->dw_fde_current_label = fde->dw_fde_begin;
for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
output_cfi (cfi, fde, for_eh);
/* Pad the FDE out to an address sized boundary. */
ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file,
floor_log2 ((for_eh ? PTR_SIZE : DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)));
ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
}
#ifndef EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
if (for_eh)
dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0, "End of Table");
#endif
#ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
/* Work around Irix 6 assembler bug whereby labels at the end of a section
get a value of 0. Putting .align 0 after the label fixes it. */
ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, 0);
#endif
/* Turn off app to make assembly quicker. */
if (flag_debug_asm)
app_disable ();
}
/* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of a function, before
the prologue. */
void
dwarf2out_begin_prologue (line, file)
unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
{
char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
dw_fde_ref fde;
current_function_func_begin_label = 0;
#ifdef IA64_UNWIND_INFO
/* ??? current_function_func_begin_label is also used by except.c
for call-site information. We must emit this label if it might
be used. */
if ((! flag_exceptions || USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS)
&& ! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
return;
#else
if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
return;
#endif
current_funcdef_number++;
function_section (current_function_decl);
ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
current_funcdef_number);
ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
current_funcdef_number);
current_function_func_begin_label = get_identifier (label);
#ifdef IA64_UNWIND_INFO
/* We can elide the fde allocation if we're not emitting debug info. */
if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
return;
#endif
/* Expand the fde table if necessary. */
if (fde_table_in_use == fde_table_allocated)
{
fde_table_allocated += FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
fde_table
= (dw_fde_ref) xrealloc (fde_table,
fde_table_allocated * sizeof (dw_fde_node));
}
/* Record the FDE associated with this function. */
current_funcdef_fde = fde_table_in_use;
/* Add the new FDE at the end of the fde_table. */
fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use++];
fde->dw_fde_begin = xstrdup (label);
fde->dw_fde_current_label = NULL;
fde->dw_fde_end = NULL;
fde->dw_fde_cfi = NULL;
fde->funcdef_number = current_funcdef_number;
fde->nothrow = current_function_nothrow;
fde->uses_eh_lsda = cfun->uses_eh_lsda;
args_size = old_args_size = 0;
/* We only want to output line number information for the genuine dwarf2
prologue case, not the eh frame case. */
#ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
if (file)
dwarf2out_source_line (line, file);
#endif
}
/* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the absolute end of the generated code
for a function definition. This gets called *after* the epilogue code has
been generated. */
void
dwarf2out_end_epilogue ()
{
dw_fde_ref fde;
char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
/* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this
function. */
ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, FUNC_END_LABEL, current_funcdef_number);
ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, label);
fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1];
fde->dw_fde_end = xstrdup (label);
}
void
dwarf2out_frame_init ()
{
/* Allocate the initial hunk of the fde_table. */
fde_table = (dw_fde_ref) xcalloc (FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT, sizeof (dw_fde_node));
fde_table_allocated = FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
fde_table_in_use = 0;
/* Generate the CFA instructions common to all FDE's. Do it now for the
sake of lookup_cfa. */
#ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
/* On entry, the Canonical Frame Address is at SP. */
dwarf2out_def_cfa (NULL, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM, INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET);
initial_return_save (INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX);
#endif
}
void
dwarf2out_frame_finish ()
{
/* Output call frame information. */
if (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG || write_symbols == VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG)
output_call_frame_info (0);
if (! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS && (flag_unwind_tables || flag_exceptions))
output_call_frame_info (1);
}
/* And now, the subset of the debugging information support code necessary
for emitting location expressions. */
typedef struct dw_val_struct *dw_val_ref;
typedef struct die_struct *dw_die_ref;
typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct *dw_loc_descr_ref;
typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct *dw_loc_list_ref;
/* Each DIE may have a series of attribute/value pairs. Values
can take on several forms. The forms that are used in this
implementation are listed below. */
typedef enum
{
dw_val_class_addr,
dw_val_class_offset,
dw_val_class_loc,
dw_val_class_loc_list,
dw_val_class_range_list,
dw_val_class_const,
dw_val_class_unsigned_const,
dw_val_class_long_long,
dw_val_class_float,
dw_val_class_flag,
dw_val_class_die_ref,
dw_val_class_fde_ref,
dw_val_class_lbl_id,
dw_val_class_lbl_offset,
dw_val_class_str
}
dw_val_class;
/* Describe a double word constant value. */
/* ??? Every instance of long_long in the code really means CONST_DOUBLE. */
typedef struct dw_long_long_struct
{
unsigned long hi;
unsigned long low;
}
dw_long_long_const;
/* Describe a floating point constant value. */
typedef struct dw_fp_struct
{
long *array;
unsigned length;
}
dw_float_const;
/* The dw_val_node describes an attribute's value, as it is
represented internally. */
typedef struct dw_val_struct
{
dw_val_class val_class;
union
{
rtx val_addr;
long unsigned val_offset;
dw_loc_list_ref val_loc_list;
dw_loc_descr_ref val_loc;
long int val_int;
long unsigned val_unsigned;
dw_long_long_const val_long_long;
dw_float_const val_float;
struct
{
dw_die_ref die;
int external;
} val_die_ref;
unsigned val_fde_index;
struct indirect_string_node *val_str;
char *val_lbl_id;
unsigned char val_flag;
}
v;
}
dw_val_node;
/* Locations in memory are described using a sequence of stack machine
operations. */
typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct
{
dw_loc_descr_ref dw_loc_next;
enum dwarf_location_atom dw_loc_opc;
dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd1;
dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd2;
int dw_loc_addr;
}
dw_loc_descr_node;
/* Location lists are ranges + location descriptions for that range,
so you can track variables that are in different places over
their entire life. */
typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct
{
dw_loc_list_ref dw_loc_next;
const char *begin; /* Label for begin address of range */
const char *end; /* Label for end address of range */
char *ll_symbol; /* Label for beginning of location list.
Only on head of list */
const char *section; /* Section this loclist is relative to */
dw_loc_descr_ref expr;
} dw_loc_list_node;
static const char *dwarf_stack_op_name PARAMS ((unsigned));
static dw_loc_descr_ref new_loc_descr PARAMS ((enum dwarf_location_atom,
unsigned long,
unsigned long));
static void add_loc_descr PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref *,
dw_loc_descr_ref));
static unsigned long size_of_loc_descr PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref));
static unsigned long size_of_locs PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref));
static void output_loc_operands PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref));
static void output_loc_sequence PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref));
/* Convert a DWARF stack opcode into its string name. */
static const char *
dwarf_stack_op_name (op)
unsigned op;
{
switch (op)
{
case DW_OP_addr:
return "DW_OP_addr";
case DW_OP_deref:
return "DW_OP_deref";
case DW_OP_const1u:
return "DW_OP_const1u";
case DW_OP_const1s:
return "DW_OP_const1s";
case DW_OP_const2u:
return "DW_OP_const2u";
case DW_OP_const2s:
return "DW_OP_const2s";
case DW_OP_const4u:
return "DW_OP_const4u";
case DW_OP_const4s:
return "DW_OP_const4s";
case DW_OP_const8u:
return "DW_OP_const8u";
case DW_OP_const8s:
return "DW_OP_const8s";
case DW_OP_constu:
return "DW_OP_constu";
case DW_OP_consts:
return "DW_OP_consts";
case DW_OP_dup:
return "DW_OP_dup";
case DW_OP_drop:
return "DW_OP_drop";
case DW_OP_over:
return "DW_OP_over";
case DW_OP_pick:
return "DW_OP_pick";
case DW_OP_swap:
return "DW_OP_swap";
case DW_OP_rot:
return "DW_OP_rot";
case DW_OP_xderef:
return "DW_OP_xderef";
case DW_OP_abs:
return "DW_OP_abs";
case DW_OP_and:
return "DW_OP_and";
case DW_OP_div:
return "DW_OP_div";
case DW_OP_minus:
return "DW_OP_minus";
case DW_OP_mod:
return "DW_OP_mod";
case DW_OP_mul:
return "DW_OP_mul";
case DW_OP_neg:
return "DW_OP_neg";
case DW_OP_not:
return "DW_OP_not";
case DW_OP_or:
return "DW_OP_or";
case DW_OP_plus:
return "DW_OP_plus";
case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
return "DW_OP_plus_uconst";
case DW_OP_shl:
return "DW_OP_shl";
case DW_OP_shr:
return "DW_OP_shr";
case DW_OP_shra:
return "DW_OP_shra";
case DW_OP_xor:
return "DW_OP_xor";
case DW_OP_bra:
return "DW_OP_bra";
case DW_OP_eq:
return "DW_OP_eq";
case DW_OP_ge:
return "DW_OP_ge";
case DW_OP_gt:
return "DW_OP_gt";
case DW_OP_le:
return "DW_OP_le";
case DW_OP_lt:
return "DW_OP_lt";
case DW_OP_ne:
return "DW_OP_ne";
case DW_OP_skip:
return "DW_OP_skip";
case DW_OP_lit0:
return "DW_OP_lit0";
case DW_OP_lit1:
return "DW_OP_lit1";
case DW_OP_lit2:
return "DW_OP_lit2";
case DW_OP_lit3:
return "DW_OP_lit3";
case DW_OP_lit4:
return "DW_OP_lit4";
case DW_OP_lit5:
return "DW_OP_lit5";
case DW_OP_lit6:
return "DW_OP_lit6";
case DW_OP_lit7:
return "DW_OP_lit7";
case DW_OP_lit8:
return "DW_OP_lit8";
case DW_OP_lit9:
return "DW_OP_lit9";
case DW_OP_lit10:
return "DW_OP_lit10";
case DW_OP_lit11:
return "DW_OP_lit11";
case DW_OP_lit12:
return "DW_OP_lit12";
case DW_OP_lit13:
return "DW_OP_lit13";
case DW_OP_lit14:
return "DW_OP_lit14";
case DW_OP_lit15:
return "DW_OP_lit15";
case DW_OP_lit16:
return "DW_OP_lit16";
case DW_OP_lit17:
return "DW_OP_lit17";
case DW_OP_lit18:
return "DW_OP_lit18";
case DW_OP_lit19:
return "DW_OP_lit19";
case DW_OP_lit20:
return "DW_OP_lit20";
case DW_OP_lit21:
return "DW_OP_lit21";
case DW_OP_lit22:
return "DW_OP_lit22";
case DW_OP_lit23:
return "DW_OP_lit23";
case DW_OP_lit24:
return "DW_OP_lit24";
case DW_OP_lit25:
return "DW_OP_lit25";
case DW_OP_lit26:
return "DW_OP_lit26";
case DW_OP_lit27:
return "DW_OP_lit27";
case DW_OP_lit28:
return "DW_OP_lit28";
case DW_OP_lit29:
return "DW_OP_lit29";
case DW_OP_lit30:
return "DW_OP_lit30";
case DW_OP_lit31:
return "DW_OP_lit31";
case DW_OP_reg0:
return "DW_OP_reg0";
case DW_OP_reg1:
return "DW_OP_reg1";
case DW_OP_reg2:
return "DW_OP_reg2";
case DW_OP_reg3:
return "DW_OP_reg3";
case DW_OP_reg4:
return "DW_OP_reg4";
case DW_OP_reg5:
return "DW_OP_reg5";
case DW_OP_reg6:
return "DW_OP_reg6";
case DW_OP_reg7:
return "DW_OP_reg7";
case DW_OP_reg8:
return "DW_OP_reg8";
case DW_OP_reg9:
return "DW_OP_reg9";
case DW_OP_reg10:
return "DW_OP_reg10";
case DW_OP_reg11:
return "DW_OP_reg11";
case DW_OP_reg12:
return "DW_OP_reg12";
case DW_OP_reg13:
return "DW_OP_reg13";
case DW_OP_reg14:
return "DW_OP_reg14";
case DW_OP_reg15:
return "DW_OP_reg15";
case DW_OP_reg16:
return "DW_OP_reg16";
case DW_OP_reg17:
return "DW_OP_reg17";
case DW_OP_reg18:
return "DW_OP_reg18";
case DW_OP_reg19:
return "DW_OP_reg19";
case DW_OP_reg20:
return "DW_OP_reg20";
case DW_OP_reg21:
return "DW_OP_reg21";
case DW_OP_reg22:
return "DW_OP_reg22";
case DW_OP_reg23:
return "DW_OP_reg23";
case DW_OP_reg24:
return "DW_OP_reg24";
case DW_OP_reg25:
return "DW_OP_reg25";
case DW_OP_reg26:
return "DW_OP_reg26";
case DW_OP_reg27:
return "DW_OP_reg27";
case DW_OP_reg28:
return "DW_OP_reg28";
case DW_OP_reg29:
return "DW_OP_reg29";
case DW_OP_reg30:
return "DW_OP_reg30";
case DW_OP_reg31:
return "DW_OP_reg31";
case DW_OP_breg0:
return "DW_OP_breg0";
case DW_OP_breg1:
return "DW_OP_breg1";
case DW_OP_breg2:
return "DW_OP_breg2";
case DW_OP_breg3:
return "DW_OP_breg3";
case DW_OP_breg4:
return "DW_OP_breg4";
case DW_OP_breg5:
return "DW_OP_breg5";
case DW_OP_breg6:
return "DW_OP_breg6";
case DW_OP_breg7:
return "DW_OP_breg7";
case DW_OP_breg8:
return "DW_OP_breg8";
case DW_OP_breg9:
return "DW_OP_breg9";
case DW_OP_breg10:
return "DW_OP_breg10";
case DW_OP_breg11:
return "DW_OP_breg11";
case DW_OP_breg12:
return "DW_OP_breg12";
case DW_OP_breg13:
return "DW_OP_breg13";
case DW_OP_breg14:
return "DW_OP_breg14";
case DW_OP_breg15:
return "DW_OP_breg15";
case DW_OP_breg16:
return "DW_OP_breg16";
case DW_OP_breg17:
return "DW_OP_breg17";
case DW_OP_breg18:
return "DW_OP_breg18";
case DW_OP_breg19:
return "DW_OP_breg19";
case DW_OP_breg20:
return "DW_OP_breg20";
case DW_OP_breg21:
return "DW_OP_breg21";
case DW_OP_breg22:
return "DW_OP_breg22";
case DW_OP_breg23:
return "DW_OP_breg23";
case DW_OP_breg24:
return "DW_OP_breg24";
case DW_OP_breg25:
return "DW_OP_breg25";
case DW_OP_breg26:
return "DW_OP_breg26";
case DW_OP_breg27:
return "DW_OP_breg27";
case DW_OP_breg28:
return "DW_OP_breg28";
case DW_OP_breg29:
return "DW_OP_breg29";
case DW_OP_breg30:
return "DW_OP_breg30";
case DW_OP_breg31:
return "DW_OP_breg31";
case DW_OP_regx:
return "DW_OP_regx";
case DW_OP_fbreg:
return "DW_OP_fbreg";
case DW_OP_bregx:
return "DW_OP_bregx";
case DW_OP_piece:
return "DW_OP_piece";
case DW_OP_deref_size:
return "DW_OP_deref_size";
case DW_OP_xderef_size:
return "DW_OP_xderef_size";
case DW_OP_nop:
return "DW_OP_nop";
default:
return "OP_<unknown>";
}
}
/* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description. Location
descriptions are simple expression terms that can be strung
together to form more complicated location (address) descriptions. */
static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
new_loc_descr (op, oprnd1, oprnd2)
enum dwarf_location_atom op;
unsigned long oprnd1;
unsigned long oprnd2;
{
/* Use xcalloc here so we clear out all of the long_long constant in
the union. */
dw_loc_descr_ref descr
= (dw_loc_descr_ref) xcalloc (1, sizeof (dw_loc_descr_node));
descr->dw_loc_opc = op;
descr->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
descr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned = oprnd1;
descr->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
descr->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_unsigned = oprnd2;
return descr;
}
/* Add a location description term to a location description expression. */
static inline void
add_loc_descr (list_head, descr)
dw_loc_descr_ref *list_head;
dw_loc_descr_ref descr;
{
dw_loc_descr_ref *d;
/* Find the end of the chain. */
for (d = list_head; (*d) != NULL; d = &(*d)->dw_loc_next)
;
*d = descr;
}
/* Return the size of a location descriptor. */
static unsigned long
size_of_loc_descr (loc)
dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
{
unsigned long size = 1;
switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
{
case DW_OP_addr:
size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
break;
case DW_OP_const1u:
case DW_OP_const1s:
size += 1;
break;
case DW_OP_const2u:
case DW_OP_const2s:
size += 2;
break;
case DW_OP_const4u:
case DW_OP_const4s:
size += 4;
break;
case DW_OP_const8u:
case DW_OP_const8s:
size += 8;
break;
case DW_OP_constu:
size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
break;
case DW_OP_consts:
size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
break;
case DW_OP_pick:
size += 1;
break;
case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
break;
case DW_OP_skip:
case DW_OP_bra:
size += 2;
break;
case DW_OP_breg0:
case DW_OP_breg1:
case DW_OP_breg2:
case DW_OP_breg3:
case DW_OP_breg4:
case DW_OP_breg5:
case DW_OP_breg6:
case DW_OP_breg7:
case DW_OP_breg8:
case DW_OP_breg9:
case DW_OP_breg10:
case DW_OP_breg11:
case DW_OP_breg12:
case DW_OP_breg13:
case DW_OP_breg14:
case DW_OP_breg15:
case DW_OP_breg16:
case DW_OP_breg17:
case DW_OP_breg18:
case DW_OP_breg19:
case DW_OP_breg20:
case DW_OP_breg21:
case DW_OP_breg22:
case DW_OP_breg23:
case DW_OP_breg24:
case DW_OP_breg25:
case DW_OP_breg26:
case DW_OP_breg27:
case DW_OP_breg28:
case DW_OP_breg29:
case DW_OP_breg30:
case DW_OP_breg31:
size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
break;
case DW_OP_regx:
size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
break;
case DW_OP_fbreg:
size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
break;
case DW_OP_bregx:
size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int);
break;
case DW_OP_piece:
size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
break;
case DW_OP_deref_size:
case DW_OP_xderef_size:
size += 1;
break;
default:
break;
}
return size;
}
/* Return the size of a series of location descriptors. */
static unsigned long
size_of_locs (loc)
dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
{
unsigned long size;
for (size = 0; loc != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
{
loc->dw_loc_addr = size;
size += size_of_loc_descr (loc);
}
return size;
}
/* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any). */
static void
output_loc_operands (loc)
dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
{
dw_val_ref val1 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd1;
dw_val_ref val2 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd2;
switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
{
#ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
case DW_OP_addr:
dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, val1->v.val_addr, NULL);
break;
case DW_OP_const2u:
case DW_OP_const2s:
dw2_asm_output_data (2, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
break;
case DW_OP_const4u:
case DW_OP_const4s:
dw2_asm_output_data (4, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
break;
case DW_OP_const8u:
case DW_OP_const8s:
if (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG < 64)
abort ();
dw2_asm_output_data (8, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
break;
case DW_OP_skip:
case DW_OP_bra:
{
int offset;
if (val1->val_class == dw_val_class_loc)
offset = val1->v.val_loc->dw_loc_addr - (loc->dw_loc_addr + 3);
else
abort ();
dw2_asm_output_data (2, offset, NULL);
}
break;
#else
case DW_OP_addr:
case DW_OP_const2u:
case DW_OP_const2s:
case DW_OP_const4u:
case DW_OP_const4s:
case DW_OP_const8u:
case DW_OP_const8s:
case DW_OP_skip:
case DW_OP_bra:
/* We currently don't make any attempt to make sure these are
aligned properly like we do for the main unwind info, so
don't support emitting things larger than a byte if we're
only doing unwinding. */
abort ();
#endif
case DW_OP_const1u:
case DW_OP_const1s:
dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
break;
case DW_OP_constu:
dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
break;
case DW_OP_consts:
dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
break;
case DW_OP_pick:
dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
break;
case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
break;
case DW_OP_breg0:
case DW_OP_breg1:
case DW_OP_breg2:
case DW_OP_breg3:
case DW_OP_breg4:
case DW_OP_breg5:
case DW_OP_breg6:
case DW_OP_breg7:
case DW_OP_breg8:
case DW_OP_breg9:
case DW_OP_breg10:
case DW_OP_breg11:
case DW_OP_breg12:
case DW_OP_breg13:
case DW_OP_breg14:
case DW_OP_breg15:
case DW_OP_breg16:
case DW_OP_breg17:
case DW_OP_breg18:
case DW_OP_breg19:
case DW_OP_breg20:
case DW_OP_breg21:
case DW_OP_breg22:
case DW_OP_breg23:
case DW_OP_breg24:
case DW_OP_breg25:
case DW_OP_breg26:
case DW_OP_breg27:
case DW_OP_breg28:
case DW_OP_breg29:
case DW_OP_breg30:
case DW_OP_breg31:
dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
break;
case DW_OP_regx:
dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
break;
case DW_OP_fbreg:
dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
break;
case DW_OP_bregx:
dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val2->v.val_int, NULL);
break;
case DW_OP_piece:
dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
break;
case DW_OP_deref_size:
case DW_OP_xderef_size:
dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
break;
default:
/* Other codes have no operands. */
break;
}
}
/* Output a sequence of location operations. */
static void
output_loc_sequence (loc)
dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
{
for (; loc != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
{
/* Output the opcode. */
dw2_asm_output_data (1, loc->dw_loc_opc,
"%s", dwarf_stack_op_name (loc->dw_loc_opc));
/* Output the operand(s) (if any). */
output_loc_operands (loc);
}
}
/* This routine will generate the correct assembly data for a location
description based on a cfi entry with a complex address. */
static void
output_cfa_loc (cfi)
dw_cfi_ref cfi;
{
dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
unsigned long size;
/* Output the size of the block. */
loc = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc;
size = size_of_locs (loc);
dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size, NULL);
/* Now output the operations themselves. */
output_loc_sequence (loc);
}
/* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor sequence from
a dw_cfa_location. */
static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *
build_cfa_loc (cfa)
dw_cfa_location *cfa;
{
struct dw_loc_descr_struct *head, *tmp;
if (cfa->indirect == 0)
abort ();
if (cfa->base_offset)
{
if (cfa->reg <= 31)
head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_breg0 + cfa->reg, cfa->base_offset, 0);
else
head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx, cfa->reg, cfa->base_offset);
}
else if (cfa->reg <= 31)
head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_reg0 + cfa->reg, 0, 0);
else
head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx, cfa->reg, 0);
head->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_const;
tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
add_loc_descr (&head, tmp);
if (cfa->offset != 0)
{
tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, cfa->offset, 0);
add_loc_descr (&head, tmp);
}
return head;
}
/* This function fills in aa dw_cfa_location structure from a dwarf location
descriptor sequence. */
static void
get_cfa_from_loc_descr (cfa, loc)
dw_cfa_location *cfa;
struct dw_loc_descr_struct *loc;
{
struct dw_loc_descr_struct *ptr;
cfa->offset = 0;
cfa->base_offset = 0;
cfa->indirect = 0;
cfa->reg = -1;
for (ptr = loc; ptr != NULL; ptr = ptr->dw_loc_next)
{
enum dwarf_location_atom op = ptr->dw_loc_opc;
switch (op)
{
case DW_OP_reg0:
case DW_OP_reg1:
case DW_OP_reg2:
case DW_OP_reg3:
case DW_OP_reg4:
case DW_OP_reg5:
case DW_OP_reg6:
case DW_OP_reg7:
case DW_OP_reg8:
case DW_OP_reg9:
case DW_OP_reg10:
case DW_OP_reg11:
case DW_OP_reg12:
case DW_OP_reg13:
case DW_OP_reg14:
case DW_OP_reg15:
case DW_OP_reg16:
case DW_OP_reg17:
case DW_OP_reg18:
case DW_OP_reg19:
case DW_OP_reg20:
case DW_OP_reg21:
case DW_OP_reg22:
case DW_OP_reg23:
case DW_OP_reg24:
case DW_OP_reg25:
case DW_OP_reg26:
case DW_OP_reg27:
case DW_OP_reg28:
case DW_OP_reg29:
case DW_OP_reg30:
case DW_OP_reg31:
cfa->reg = op - DW_OP_reg0;
break;
case DW_OP_regx:
cfa->reg = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
break;
case DW_OP_breg0:
case DW_OP_breg1:
case DW_OP_breg2:
case DW_OP_breg3:
case DW_OP_breg4:
case DW_OP_breg5:
case DW_OP_breg6:
case DW_OP_breg7:
case DW_OP_breg8:
case DW_OP_breg9:
case DW_OP_breg10:
case DW_OP_breg11:
case DW_OP_breg12:
case DW_OP_breg13:
case DW_OP_breg14:
case DW_OP_breg15:
case DW_OP_breg16:
case DW_OP_breg17:
case DW_OP_breg18:
case DW_OP_breg19:
case DW_OP_breg20:
case DW_OP_breg21:
case DW_OP_breg22:
case DW_OP_breg23:
case DW_OP_breg24:
case DW_OP_breg25:
case DW_OP_breg26:
case DW_OP_breg27:
case DW_OP_breg28:
case DW_OP_breg29:
case DW_OP_breg30:
case DW_OP_breg31:
cfa->reg = op - DW_OP_breg0;
cfa->base_offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
break;
case DW_OP_bregx:
cfa->reg = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
cfa->base_offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int;
break;
case DW_OP_deref:
cfa->indirect = 1;
break;
case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
cfa->offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned;
break;
default:
internal_error ("DW_LOC_OP %s not implemented\n",
dwarf_stack_op_name (ptr->dw_loc_opc));
}
}
}
#endif /* .debug_frame support */
/* And now, the support for symbolic debugging information. */
#ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
/* .debug_str support. */
static hashnode indirect_string_alloc PARAMS ((hash_table *));
static int output_indirect_string PARAMS ((struct cpp_reader *,
hashnode, const PTR));
static void dwarf2out_init PARAMS ((const char *));
static void dwarf2out_finish PARAMS ((const char *));
static void dwarf2out_define PARAMS ((unsigned int, const char *));
static void dwarf2out_undef PARAMS ((unsigned int, const char *));
static void dwarf2out_start_source_file PARAMS ((unsigned, const char *));
static void dwarf2out_end_source_file PARAMS ((unsigned));
static void dwarf2out_begin_block PARAMS ((unsigned, unsigned));
static void dwarf2out_end_block PARAMS ((unsigned, unsigned));
static bool dwarf2out_ignore_block PARAMS ((tree));
static void dwarf2out_global_decl PARAMS ((tree));
static void dwarf2out_abstract_function PARAMS ((tree));
/* The debug hooks structure. */
struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks =
{
dwarf2out_init,
dwarf2out_finish,
dwarf2out_define,
dwarf2out_undef,
dwarf2out_start_source_file,
dwarf2out_end_source_file,
dwarf2out_begin_block,
dwarf2out_end_block,
dwarf2out_ignore_block,
dwarf2out_source_line,
dwarf2out_begin_prologue,
debug_nothing_int, /* end_prologue */
dwarf2out_end_epilogue,
debug_nothing_tree, /* begin_function */
debug_nothing_int, /* end_function */
dwarf2out_decl, /* function_decl */
dwarf2out_global_decl,
debug_nothing_tree, /* deferred_inline_function */
/* The DWARF 2 backend tries to reduce debugging bloat by not
emitting the abstract description of inline functions until
something tries to reference them. */
dwarf2out_abstract_function, /* outlining_inline_function */
debug_nothing_rtx /* label */
};
/* NOTE: In the comments in this file, many references are made to
"Debugging Information Entries". This term is abbreviated as `DIE'
throughout the remainder of this file. */
/* An internal representation of the DWARF output is built, and then
walked to generate the DWARF debugging info. The walk of the internal
representation is done after the entire program has been compiled.
The types below are used to describe the internal representation. */
/* Various DIE's use offsets relative to the beginning of the
.debug_info section to refer to each other. */
typedef long int dw_offset;
/* Define typedefs here to avoid circular dependencies. */
typedef struct dw_attr_struct *dw_attr_ref;
typedef struct dw_line_info_struct *dw_line_info_ref;
typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct *dw_separate_line_info_ref;
typedef struct pubname_struct *pubname_ref;
typedef struct dw_ranges_struct *dw_ranges_ref;
/* Each entry in the line_info_table maintains the file and
line number associated with the label generated for that
entry. The label gives the PC value associated with
the line number entry. */
typedef struct dw_line_info_struct
{
unsigned long dw_file_num;
unsigned long dw_line_num;
}
dw_line_info_entry;
/* Line information for functions in separate sections; each one gets its
own sequence. */
typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct
{
unsigned long dw_file_num;
unsigned long dw_line_num;
unsigned long function;
}
dw_separate_line_info_entry;
/* Each DIE attribute has a field specifying the attribute kind,
a link to the next attribute in the chain, and an attribute value.
Attributes are typically linked below the DIE they modify. */
typedef struct dw_attr_struct
{
enum dwarf_attribute dw_attr;
dw_attr_ref dw_attr_next;
dw_val_node dw_attr_val;
}
dw_attr_node;
/* The Debugging Information Entry (DIE) structure */
typedef struct die_struct
{
enum dwarf_tag die_tag;
char *die_symbol;
dw_attr_ref die_attr;
dw_die_ref die_parent;
dw_die_ref die_child;
dw_die_ref die_sib;
dw_offset die_offset;
unsigned long die_abbrev;
int die_mark;
}
die_node;
/* The pubname structure */
typedef struct pubname_struct
{
dw_die_ref die;
char *name;
}
pubname_entry;
struct dw_ranges_struct
{
int block_num;
};
/* The limbo die list structure. */
typedef struct limbo_die_struct
{
dw_die_ref die;
tree created_for;
struct limbo_die_struct *next;
}
limbo_die_node;
/* How to start an assembler comment. */
#ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
#define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
#endif
/* Define a macro which returns non-zero for a TYPE_DECL which was
implicitly generated for a tagged type.
Note that unlike the gcc front end (which generates a NULL named
TYPE_DECL node for each complete tagged type, each array type, and
each function type node created) the g++ front end generates a
_named_ TYPE_DECL node for each tagged type node created.
These TYPE_DECLs have DECL_ARTIFICIAL set, so we know not to
generate a DW_TAG_typedef DIE for them. */
#define TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB(decl) \
(DECL_NAME (decl) == NULL_TREE \
|| (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl) \
&& is_tagged_type (TREE_TYPE (decl)) \
&& ((decl == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl))) \
/* This is necessary for stub decls that \
appear in nested inline functions. */ \
|| (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) != NULL_TREE \
&& (decl_ultimate_origin (decl) \
== TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl)))))))
/* Information concerning the compilation unit's programming
language, and compiler version. */
extern int flag_traditional;
/* Fixed size portion of the DWARF compilation unit header. */
#define DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 3)
/* Fixed size portion of debugging line information prolog. */
#define DWARF_LINE_PROLOG_HEADER_SIZE 5
/* Fixed size portion of public names info. */
#define DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 2)
/* Fixed size portion of the address range info. */
#define DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE \
(DWARF_ROUND (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE)
/* Size of padding portion in the address range info. It must be
aligned to twice the pointer size. */
#define DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE \
(DWARF_ROUND (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
- (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4))
/* Use assembler line directives if available. */
#ifndef DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
#ifdef HAVE_AS_DWARF2_DEBUG_LINE
#define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 1
#else
#define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 0
#endif
#endif
/* Minimum line offset in a special line info. opcode.
This value was chosen to give a reasonable range of values. */
#define DWARF_LINE_BASE -10
/* First special line opcode - leave room for the standard opcodes. */
#define DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE 10
/* Range of line offsets in a special line info. opcode. */
#define DWARF_LINE_RANGE (254-DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE+1)
/* Flag that indicates the initial value of the is_stmt_start flag.
In the present implementation, we do not mark any lines as
the beginning of a source statement, because that information
is not made available by the GCC front-end. */
#define DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START 1
/* This location is used by calc_die_sizes() to keep track
the offset of each DIE within the .debug_info section. */
static unsigned long next_die_offset;
/* Record the root of the DIE's built for the current compilation unit. */
static dw_die_ref comp_unit_die;
/* A list of DIEs with a NULL parent waiting to be relocated. */
static limbo_die_node *limbo_die_list = 0;
/* Structure used by lookup_filename to manage sets of filenames. */
struct file_table
{
char **table;
unsigned allocated;
unsigned in_use;
unsigned last_lookup_index;
};
/* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the filename
table. */
#define FILE_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
/* Filenames referenced by this compilation unit. */
static struct file_table file_table;
/* Local pointer to the name of the main input file. Initialized in
dwarf2out_init. */
static const char *primary_filename;
/* A pointer to the base of a table of references to DIE's that describe
declarations. The table is indexed by DECL_UID() which is a unique
number identifying each decl. */
static dw_die_ref *decl_die_table;
/* Number of elements currently allocated for the decl_die_table. */
static unsigned decl_die_table_allocated;
/* Number of elements in decl_die_table currently in use. */
static unsigned decl_die_table_in_use;
/* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
decl_die_table. */
#define DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
/* A pointer to the base of a table of references to declaration
scopes. This table is a display which tracks the nesting
of declaration scopes at the current scope and containing
scopes. This table is used to find the proper place to
define type declaration DIE's. */
varray_type decl_scope_table;
/* A pointer to the base of a list of references to DIE's that
are uniquely identified by their tag, presence/absence of
children DIE's, and list of attribute/value pairs. */
static dw_die_ref *abbrev_die_table;
/* Number of elements currently allocated for abbrev_die_table. */
static unsigned abbrev_die_table_allocated;
/* Number of elements in type_die_table currently in use. */
static unsigned abbrev_die_table_in_use;
/* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
abbrev_die_table. */
#define ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
/* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
for each source code line in .text in the compilation unit. */
static dw_line_info_ref line_info_table;
/* Number of elements currently allocated for line_info_table. */
static unsigned line_info_table_allocated;
/* Number of elements in separate_line_info_table currently in use. */
static unsigned separate_line_info_table_in_use;
/* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
for each source code line outside of .text in the compilation unit. */
static dw_separate_line_info_ref separate_line_info_table;
/* Number of elements currently allocated for separate_line_info_table. */
static unsigned separate_line_info_table_allocated;
/* Number of elements in line_info_table currently in use. */
static unsigned line_info_table_in_use;
/* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
line_info_table. */
#define LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT 1024
/* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
accessible names. */
static pubname_ref pubname_table;
/* Number of elements currently allocated for pubname_table. */
static unsigned pubname_table_allocated;
/* Number of elements in pubname_table currently in use. */
static unsigned pubname_table_in_use;
/* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
pubname_table. */
#define PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
/* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_arange info. */
static dw_die_ref *arange_table;
/* Number of elements currently allocated for arange_table. */
static unsigned arange_table_allocated;
/* Number of elements in arange_table currently in use. */
static unsigned arange_table_in_use;
/* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
arange_table. */
#define ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
/* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_ranges info. */
static dw_ranges_ref ranges_table;
/* Number of elements currently allocated for ranges_table. */
static unsigned ranges_table_allocated;
/* Number of elements in ranges_table currently in use. */
static unsigned ranges_table_in_use;
/* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
ranges_table. */
#define RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
/* Whether we have location lists that need outputting */
static unsigned have_location_lists;
/* A pointer to the base of a list of incomplete types which might be
completed at some later time. incomplete_types_list needs to be a VARRAY
because we want to tell the garbage collector about it. */
varray_type incomplete_types;
/* Record whether the function being analyzed contains inlined functions. */
static int current_function_has_inlines;
#if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
static int comp_unit_has_inlines;
#endif
/* Array of RTXes referenced by the debugging information, which therefore
must be kept around forever. This is a GC root. */
static varray_type used_rtx_varray;
/* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
static int is_pseudo_reg PARAMS ((rtx));
static tree type_main_variant PARAMS ((tree));
static int is_tagged_type PARAMS ((tree));
static const char *dwarf_tag_name PARAMS ((unsigned));
static const char *dwarf_attr_name PARAMS ((unsigned));
static const char *dwarf_form_name PARAMS ((unsigned));
#if 0
static const char *dwarf_type_encoding_name PARAMS ((unsigned));
#endif
static tree decl_ultimate_origin PARAMS ((tree));
static tree block_ultimate_origin PARAMS ((tree));
static tree decl_class_context PARAMS ((tree));
static void add_dwarf_attr PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, dw_attr_ref));
static inline dw_val_class AT_class PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
static void add_AT_flag PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
enum dwarf_attribute,
unsigned));
static inline unsigned AT_flag PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
static void add_AT_int PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
enum dwarf_attribute, long));
static inline long int AT_int PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
static void add_AT_unsigned PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
enum dwarf_attribute,
unsigned long));
static inline unsigned long AT_unsigned PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
static void add_AT_long_long PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
enum dwarf_attribute,
unsigned long,
unsigned long));
static void add_AT_float PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
enum dwarf_attribute,
unsigned, long *));
static void add_AT_string PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
enum dwarf_attribute,
const char *));
static inline const char *AT_string PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
static int AT_string_form PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
static void add_AT_die_ref PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
enum dwarf_attribute,
dw_die_ref));
static inline dw_die_ref AT_ref PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
static inline int AT_ref_external PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
static inline void set_AT_ref_external PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref, int));
static void add_AT_fde_ref PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
enum dwarf_attribute,
unsigned));
static void add_AT_loc PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
enum dwarf_attribute,
dw_loc_descr_ref));
static inline dw_loc_descr_ref AT_loc PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
static void add_AT_loc_list PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
enum dwarf_attribute,
dw_loc_list_ref));
static inline dw_loc_list_ref AT_loc_list PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
static void add_AT_addr PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
enum dwarf_attribute,
rtx));
static inline rtx AT_addr PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
static void add_AT_lbl_id PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
enum dwarf_attribute,
const char *));
static void add_AT_lbl_offset PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
enum dwarf_attribute,
const char *));
static void add_AT_offset PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
enum dwarf_attribute,
unsigned long));
static void add_AT_range_list PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
enum dwarf_attribute,
unsigned long));
static inline const char *AT_lbl PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
static dw_attr_ref get_AT PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
enum dwarf_attribute));
static const char *get_AT_low_pc PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
static const char *get_AT_hi_pc PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
static const char *get_AT_string PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
enum dwarf_attribute));
static int get_AT_flag PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
enum dwarf_attribute));
static unsigned get_AT_unsigned PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
enum dwarf_attribute));
static inline dw_die_ref get_AT_ref PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
enum dwarf_attribute));
static int is_c_family PARAMS ((void));
static int is_cxx PARAMS ((void));
static int is_java PARAMS ((void));
static int is_fortran PARAMS ((void));
static void remove_AT PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
enum dwarf_attribute));
static inline void free_die PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
static void remove_children PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
static void add_child_die PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref));
static dw_die_ref new_die PARAMS ((enum dwarf_tag, dw_die_ref,
tree));
static dw_die_ref lookup_type_die PARAMS ((tree));
static void equate_type_number_to_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
static dw_die_ref lookup_decl_die PARAMS ((tree));
static void equate_decl_number_to_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
static void print_spaces PARAMS ((FILE *));
static void print_die PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, FILE *));
static void print_dwarf_line_table PARAMS ((FILE *));
static void reverse_die_lists PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
static void reverse_all_dies PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
static dw_die_ref push_new_compile_unit PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref));
static dw_die_ref pop_compile_unit PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
static void loc_checksum PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref,
struct md5_ctx *));
static void attr_checksum PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref,
struct md5_ctx *));
static void die_checksum PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
struct md5_ctx *));
static void compute_section_prefix PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
static int is_type_die PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
static int is_comdat_die PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
static int is_symbol_die PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
static void assign_symbol_names PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
static void break_out_includes PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
static void add_sibling_attributes PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
static void build_abbrev_table PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
static void output_location_lists PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
static int constant_size PARAMS ((long unsigned));
static unsigned long size_of_die PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
static void calc_die_sizes PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
static void mark_dies PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
static void unmark_dies PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
static unsigned long size_of_pubnames PARAMS ((void));
static unsigned long size_of_aranges PARAMS ((void));
static enum dwarf_form value_format PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
static void output_value_format PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
static void output_abbrev_section PARAMS ((void));
static void output_die_symbol PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
static void output_die PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
static void output_compilation_unit_header PARAMS ((void));
static void output_comp_unit PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
static const char *dwarf2_name PARAMS ((tree, int));
static void add_pubname PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
static void output_pubnames PARAMS ((void));
static void add_arange PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
static void output_aranges PARAMS ((void));
static unsigned int add_ranges PARAMS ((tree));
static void output_ranges PARAMS ((void));
static void output_line_info PARAMS ((void));
static void output_file_names PARAMS ((void));
static dw_die_ref base_type_die PARAMS ((tree));
static tree root_type PARAMS ((tree));
static int is_base_type PARAMS ((tree));
static dw_die_ref modified_type_die PARAMS ((tree, int, int, dw_die_ref));
static int type_is_enum PARAMS ((tree));
static unsigned int reg_number PARAMS ((rtx));
static dw_loc_descr_ref reg_loc_descriptor PARAMS ((rtx));
static dw_loc_descr_ref int_loc_descriptor PARAMS ((HOST_WIDE_INT));
static dw_loc_descr_ref based_loc_descr PARAMS ((unsigned, long));
static int is_based_loc PARAMS ((rtx));
static dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_descriptor PARAMS ((rtx, enum machine_mode mode));
static dw_loc_descr_ref concat_loc_descriptor PARAMS ((rtx, rtx));
static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor PARAMS ((rtx));
static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor_from_tree PARAMS ((tree, int));
static HOST_WIDE_INT ceiling PARAMS ((HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned int));
static tree field_type PARAMS ((tree));
static unsigned int simple_type_align_in_bits PARAMS ((tree));
static unsigned int simple_field_decl_align_in_bits PARAMS ((tree));
static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT simple_type_size_in_bits PARAMS ((tree));
static HOST_WIDE_INT field_byte_offset PARAMS ((tree));
static void add_AT_location_description PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
enum dwarf_attribute, rtx));
static void add_data_member_location_attribute PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, tree));
static void add_const_value_attribute PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, rtx));
static rtx rtl_for_decl_location PARAMS ((tree));
static void add_location_or_const_value_attribute PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, tree));
static void tree_add_const_value_attribute PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, tree));
static void add_name_attribute PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, const char *));
static void add_bound_info PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
enum dwarf_attribute, tree));
static void add_subscript_info PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, tree));
static void add_byte_size_attribute PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, tree));
static void add_bit_offset_attribute PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, tree));
static void add_bit_size_attribute PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, tree));
static void add_prototyped_attribute PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, tree));
static void add_abstract_origin_attribute PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, tree));
static void add_pure_or_virtual_attribute PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, tree));
static void add_src_coords_attributes PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, tree));
static void add_name_and_src_coords_attributes PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, tree));
static void push_decl_scope PARAMS ((tree));
static void pop_decl_scope PARAMS ((void));
static dw_die_ref scope_die_for PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
static inline int local_scope_p PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
static inline int class_scope_p PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
static void add_type_attribute PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, tree, int, int,
dw_die_ref));
static const char *type_tag PARAMS ((tree));
static tree member_declared_type PARAMS ((tree));
#if 0
static const char *decl_start_label PARAMS ((tree));
#endif
static void gen_array_type_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
static void gen_set_type_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
#if 0
static void gen_entry_point_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
#endif
static void gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
static void gen_inlined_structure_type_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
static void gen_inlined_union_type_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
static void gen_enumeration_type_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
static dw_die_ref gen_formal_parameter_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
static void gen_unspecified_parameters_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
static void gen_formal_types_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
static void gen_subprogram_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
static void gen_variable_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
static void gen_label_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
static void gen_lexical_block_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref, int));
static void gen_inlined_subroutine_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref, int));
static void gen_field_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
static void gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
static dw_die_ref gen_compile_unit_die PARAMS ((const char *));
static void gen_string_type_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
static void gen_inheritance_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
static void gen_member_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
static void gen_struct_or_union_type_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
static void gen_subroutine_type_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
static void gen_typedef_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
static void gen_type_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
static void gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
static void gen_block_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref, int));
static void decls_for_scope PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref, int));
static int is_redundant_typedef PARAMS ((tree));
static void gen_decl_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
static unsigned lookup_filename PARAMS ((const char *));
static void init_file_table PARAMS ((void));
static void retry_incomplete_types PARAMS ((void));
static void gen_type_die_for_member PARAMS ((tree, tree, dw_die_ref));
static void splice_child_die PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref));
static int file_info_cmp PARAMS ((const void *, const void *));
static dw_loc_list_ref new_loc_list PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref,
const char *, const char *,
const char *, unsigned));
static void add_loc_descr_to_loc_list PARAMS ((dw_loc_list_ref *,
dw_loc_descr_ref,
const char *, const char *, const char *));
static void output_loc_list PARAMS ((dw_loc_list_ref));
static char *gen_internal_sym PARAMS ((const char *));
static void mark_limbo_die_list PARAMS ((void *));
/* Section names used to hold DWARF debugging information. */
#ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
#define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION ".debug_info"
#endif
#ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
#define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION ".debug_abbrev"
#endif
#ifndef DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION
#define DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION ".debug_aranges"
#endif
#ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
#define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION ".debug_macinfo"
#endif
#ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
#define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION ".debug_line"
#endif
#ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION
#define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION ".debug_loc"
#endif
#ifndef DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION
#define DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION ".debug_pubnames"
#endif
#ifndef DEBUG_STR_SECTION
#define DEBUG_STR_SECTION ".debug_str"
#endif
#ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION
#define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION ".debug_ranges"
#endif
/* Standard ELF section names for compiled code and data. */
#ifndef TEXT_SECTION_NAME
#define TEXT_SECTION_NAME ".text"
#endif
/* Section flags for .debug_str section. */
#ifdef HAVE_GAS_SHF_MERGE
#define DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS \
(SECTION_DEBUG | SECTION_MERGE | SECTION_STRINGS | 1)
#else
#define DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS SECTION_DEBUG
#endif
/* Labels we insert at beginning sections we can reference instead of
the section names themselves. */
#ifndef TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
#define TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext"
#endif
#ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
#define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_line"
#endif
#ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
#define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_info"
#endif
#ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
#define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_abbrev"
#endif
#ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
#define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_loc"
#endif
#ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
#define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_ranges"
#endif
#ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
#define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_macinfo"
#endif
/* Definitions of defaults for formats and names of various special
(artificial) labels which may be generated within this file (when the -g
options is used and DWARF_DEBUGGING_INFO is in effect.
If necessary, these may be overridden from within the tm.h file, but
typically, overriding these defaults is unnecessary. */
static char text_end_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
static char text_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
static char abbrev_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
static char debug_info_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
static char debug_line_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
static char macinfo_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
static char loc_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
static char ranges_section_label[2 * MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
#ifndef TEXT_END_LABEL
#define TEXT_END_LABEL "Letext"
#endif
#ifndef DATA_END_LABEL
#define DATA_END_LABEL "Ledata"
#endif
#ifndef BSS_END_LABEL
#define BSS_END_LABEL "Lebss"
#endif
#ifndef BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
#define BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL "LBB"
#endif
#ifndef BLOCK_END_LABEL
#define BLOCK_END_LABEL "LBE"
#endif
#ifndef BODY_BEGIN_LABEL
#define BODY_BEGIN_LABEL "Lbb"
#endif
#ifndef BODY_END_LABEL
#define BODY_END_LABEL "Lbe"
#endif
#ifndef LINE_CODE_LABEL
#define LINE_CODE_LABEL "LM"
#endif
#ifndef SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
#define SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL "LSM"
#endif
/* We allow a language front-end to designate a function that is to be
called to "demangle" any name before it it put into a DIE. */
static const char *(*demangle_name_func) PARAMS ((const char *));
void
dwarf2out_set_demangle_name_func (func)
const char *(*func) PARAMS ((const char *));
{
demangle_name_func = func;
}
/* Test if rtl node points to a pseudo register. */
static inline int
is_pseudo_reg (rtl)
rtx rtl;
{
return ((GET_CODE (rtl) == REG && REGNO (rtl) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
|| (GET_CODE (rtl) == SUBREG
&& REGNO (SUBREG_REG (rtl)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER));
}
/* Return a reference to a type, with its const and volatile qualifiers
removed. */
static inline tree
type_main_variant (type)
tree type;
{
type = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type);
/* ??? There really should be only one main variant among any group of
variants of a given type (and all of the MAIN_VARIANT values for all
members of the group should point to that one type) but sometimes the C
front-end messes this up for array types, so we work around that bug
here. */
if (TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
while (type != TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type))
type = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type);
return type;
}
/* Return non-zero if the given type node represents a tagged type. */
static inline int
is_tagged_type (type)
tree type;
{
enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
return (code == RECORD_TYPE || code == UNION_TYPE
|| code == QUAL_UNION_TYPE || code == ENUMERAL_TYPE);
}
/* Convert a DIE tag into its string name. */
static const char *
dwarf_tag_name (tag)
unsigned tag;
{
switch (tag)
{
case DW_TAG_padding:
return "DW_TAG_padding";
case DW_TAG_array_type:
return "DW_TAG_array_type";
case DW_TAG_class_type:
return "DW_TAG_class_type";
case DW_TAG_entry_point:
return "DW_TAG_entry_point";
case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
return "DW_TAG_enumeration_type";
case DW_TAG_formal_parameter:
return "DW_TAG_formal_parameter";
case DW_TAG_imported_declaration:
return "DW_TAG_imported_declaration";
case DW_TAG_label:
return "DW_TAG_label";
case DW_TAG_lexical_block:
return "DW_TAG_lexical_block";
case DW_TAG_member:
return "DW_TAG_member";
case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
return "DW_TAG_pointer_type";
case DW_TAG_reference_type:
return "DW_TAG_reference_type";
case DW_TAG_compile_unit:
return "DW_TAG_compile_unit";
case DW_TAG_string_type:
return "DW_TAG_string_type";
case DW_TAG_structure_type:
return "DW_TAG_structure_type";
case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
return "DW_TAG_subroutine_type";
case DW_TAG_typedef:
return "DW_TAG_typedef";
case DW_TAG_union_type:
return "DW_TAG_union_type";
case DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters:
return "DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters";
case DW_TAG_variant:
return "DW_TAG_variant";
case DW_TAG_common_block:
return "DW_TAG_common_block";
case DW_TAG_common_inclusion:
return "DW_TAG_common_inclusion";
case DW_TAG_inheritance:
return "DW_TAG_inheritance";
case DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine:
return "DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine";
case DW_TAG_module:
return "DW_TAG_module";
case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
return "DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type";
case DW_TAG_set_type:
return "DW_TAG_set_type";
case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
return "DW_TAG_subrange_type";
case DW_TAG_with_stmt:
return "DW_TAG_with_stmt";
case DW_TAG_access_declaration:
return "DW_TAG_access_declaration";
case DW_TAG_base_type:
return "DW_TAG_base_type";
case DW_TAG_catch_block:
return "DW_TAG_catch_block";
case DW_TAG_const_type:
return "DW_TAG_const_type";
case DW_TAG_constant:
return "DW_TAG_constant";
case DW_TAG_enumerator:
return "DW_TAG_enumerator";
case DW_TAG_file_type:
return "DW_TAG_file_type";
case DW_TAG_friend:
return "DW_TAG_friend";
case DW_TAG_namelist:
return "DW_TAG_namelist";
case DW_TAG_namelist_item:
return "DW_TAG_namelist_item";
case DW_TAG_packed_type:
return "DW_TAG_packed_type";
case DW_TAG_subprogram:
return "DW_TAG_subprogram";
case DW_TAG_template_type_param:
return "DW_TAG_template_type_param";
case DW_TAG_template_value_param:
return "DW_TAG_template_value_param";
case DW_TAG_thrown_type:
return "DW_TAG_thrown_type";
case DW_TAG_try_block:
return "DW_TAG_try_block";
case DW_TAG_variant_part:
return "DW_TAG_variant_part";
case DW_TAG_variable:
return "DW_TAG_variable";
case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
return "DW_TAG_volatile_type";
case DW_TAG_MIPS_loop:
return "DW_TAG_MIPS_loop";
case DW_TAG_format_label:
return "DW_TAG_format_label";
case DW_TAG_function_template:
return "DW_TAG_function_template";
case DW_TAG_class_template:
return "DW_TAG_class_template";
case DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL:
return "DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL";
case DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL:
return "DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL";
default:
return "DW_TAG_<unknown>";
}
}
/* Convert a DWARF attribute code into its string name. */
static const char *
dwarf_attr_name (attr)
unsigned attr;
{
switch (attr)
{
case DW_AT_sibling:
return "DW_AT_sibling";
case DW_AT_location:
return "DW_AT_location";
case DW_AT_name:
return "DW_AT_name";
case DW_AT_ordering:
return "DW_AT_ordering";
case DW_AT_subscr_data:
return "DW_AT_subscr_data";
case DW_AT_byte_size:
return "DW_AT_byte_size";
case DW_AT_bit_offset:
return "DW_AT_bit_offset";
case DW_AT_bit_size:
return "DW_AT_bit_size";
case DW_AT_element_list:
return "DW_AT_element_list";
case DW_AT_stmt_list:
return "DW_AT_stmt_list";
case DW_AT_low_pc:
return "DW_AT_low_pc";
case DW_AT_high_pc:
return "DW_AT_high_pc";
case DW_AT_language:
return "DW_AT_language";
case DW_AT_member:
return "DW_AT_member";
case DW_AT_discr:
return "DW_AT_discr";
case DW_AT_discr_value:
return "DW_AT_discr_value";
case DW_AT_visibility:
return "DW_AT_visibility";
case DW_AT_import:
return "DW_AT_import";
case DW_AT_string_length:
return "DW_AT_string_length";
case DW_AT_common_reference:
return "DW_AT_common_reference";
case DW_AT_comp_dir:
return "DW_AT_comp_dir";
case DW_AT_const_value:
return "DW_AT_const_value";
case DW_AT_containing_type:
return "DW_AT_containing_type";
case DW_AT_default_value:
return "DW_AT_default_value";
case DW_AT_inline:
return "DW_AT_inline";
case DW_AT_is_optional:
return "DW_AT_is_optional";
case DW_AT_lower_bound:
return "DW_AT_lower_bound";
case DW_AT_producer:
return "DW_AT_producer";
case DW_AT_prototyped:
return "DW_AT_prototyped";
case DW_AT_return_addr:
return "DW_AT_return_addr";
case DW_AT_start_scope:
return "DW_AT_start_scope";
case DW_AT_stride_size:
return "DW_AT_stride_size";
case DW_AT_upper_bound:
return "DW_AT_upper_bound";
case DW_AT_abstract_origin:
return "DW_AT_abstract_origin";
case DW_AT_accessibility:
return "DW_AT_accessibility";
case DW_AT_address_class:
return "DW_AT_address_class";
case DW_AT_artificial:
return "DW_AT_artificial";
case DW_AT_base_types:
return "DW_AT_base_types";
case DW_AT_calling_convention:
return "DW_AT_calling_convention";
case DW_AT_count:
return "DW_AT_count";
case DW_AT_data_member_location:
return "DW_AT_data_member_location";
case DW_AT_decl_column:
return "DW_AT_decl_column";
case DW_AT_decl_file:
return "DW_AT_decl_file";
case DW_AT_decl_line:
return "DW_AT_decl_line";
case DW_AT_declaration:
return "DW_AT_declaration";
case DW_AT_discr_list:
return "DW_AT_discr_list";
case DW_AT_encoding:
return "DW_AT_encoding";
case DW_AT_external:
return "DW_AT_external";
case DW_AT_frame_base:
return "DW_AT_frame_base";
case DW_AT_friend:
return "DW_AT_friend";
case DW_AT_identifier_case:
return "DW_AT_identifier_case";
case DW_AT_macro_info:
return "DW_AT_macro_info";
case DW_AT_namelist_items:
return "DW_AT_namelist_items";
case DW_AT_priority:
return "DW_AT_priority";
case DW_AT_segment:
return "DW_AT_segment";
case DW_AT_specification:
return "DW_AT_specification";
case DW_AT_static_link:
return "DW_AT_static_link";
case DW_AT_type:
return "DW_AT_type";
case DW_AT_use_location:
return "DW_AT_use_location";
case DW_AT_variable_parameter:
return "DW_AT_variable_parameter";
case DW_AT_virtuality:
return "DW_AT_virtuality";
case DW_AT_vtable_elem_location:
return "DW_AT_vtable_elem_location";
case DW_AT_allocated:
return "DW_AT_allocated";
case DW_AT_associated:
return "DW_AT_associated";
case DW_AT_data_location:
return "DW_AT_data_location";
case DW_AT_stride:
return "DW_AT_stride";
case DW_AT_entry_pc:
return "DW_AT_entry_pc";
case DW_AT_use_UTF8:
return "DW_AT_use_UTF8";
case DW_AT_extension:
return "DW_AT_extension";
case DW_AT_ranges:
return "DW_AT_ranges";
case DW_AT_trampoline:
return "DW_AT_trampoline";
case DW_AT_call_column:
return "DW_AT_call_column";
case DW_AT_call_file:
return "DW_AT_call_file";
case DW_AT_call_line:
return "DW_AT_call_line";
case DW_AT_MIPS_fde:
return "DW_AT_MIPS_fde";
case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin:
return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin";
case DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin:
return "DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin";
case DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin:
return "DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin";
case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor:
return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor";
case DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth:
return "DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth";
case DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name:
return "DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name";
case DW_AT_MIPS_stride:
return "DW_AT_MIPS_stride";
case DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name:
return "DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name";
case DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin:
return "DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin";
case DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines:
return "DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines";
case DW_AT_sf_names:
return "DW_AT_sf_names";
case DW_AT_src_info:
return "DW_AT_src_info";
case DW_AT_mac_info:
return "DW_AT_mac_info";
case DW_AT_src_coords:
return "DW_AT_src_coords";
case DW_AT_body_begin:
return "DW_AT_body_begin";
case DW_AT_body_end:
return "DW_AT_body_end";
case DW_AT_GNU_vector:
return "DW_AT_GNU_vector";
case DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address:
return "DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address";
default:
return "DW_AT_<unknown>";
}
}
/* Convert a DWARF value form code into its string name. */
static const char *
dwarf_form_name (form)
unsigned form;
{
switch (form)
{
case DW_FORM_addr:
return "DW_FORM_addr";
case DW_FORM_block2:
return "DW_FORM_block2";
case DW_FORM_block4:
return "DW_FORM_block4";
case DW_FORM_data2:
return "DW_FORM_data2";
case DW_FORM_data4:
return "DW_FORM_data4";
case DW_FORM_data8:
return "DW_FORM_data8";
case DW_FORM_string:
return "DW_FORM_string";
case DW_FORM_block:
return "DW_FORM_block";
case DW_FORM_block1:
return "DW_FORM_block1";
case DW_FORM_data1:
return "DW_FORM_data1";
case DW_FORM_flag:
return "DW_FORM_flag";
case DW_FORM_sdata:
return "DW_FORM_sdata";
case DW_FORM_strp:
return "DW_FORM_strp";
case DW_FORM_udata:
return "DW_FORM_udata";
case DW_FORM_ref_addr:
return "DW_FORM_ref_addr";
case DW_FORM_ref1:
return "DW_FORM_ref1";
case DW_FORM_ref2:
return "DW_FORM_ref2";
case DW_FORM_ref4:
return "DW_FORM_ref4";
case DW_FORM_ref8:
return "DW_FORM_ref8";
case DW_FORM_ref_udata:
return "DW_FORM_ref_udata";
case DW_FORM_indirect:
return "DW_FORM_indirect";
default:
return "DW_FORM_<unknown>";
}
}
/* Convert a DWARF type code into its string name. */
#if 0
static const char *
dwarf_type_encoding_name (enc)
unsigned enc;
{
switch (enc)
{
case DW_ATE_address:
return "DW_ATE_address";
case DW_ATE_boolean:
return "DW_ATE_boolean";
case DW_ATE_complex_float:
return "DW_ATE_complex_float";
case DW_ATE_float:
return "DW_ATE_float";
case DW_ATE_signed:
return "DW_ATE_signed";
case DW_ATE_signed_char:
return "DW_ATE_signed_char";
case DW_ATE_unsigned:
return "DW_ATE_unsigned";
case DW_ATE_unsigned_char:
return "DW_ATE_unsigned_char";
default:
return "DW_ATE_<unknown>";
}
}
#endif
/* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a decl. The decl may be an inlined
instance of an inlined instance of a decl which is local to an inline
function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
given block. */
static tree
decl_ultimate_origin (decl)
tree decl;
{
/* output_inline_function sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) == decl)
return NULL_TREE;
#ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
if (DECL_FROM_INLINE (DECL_ORIGIN (decl)))
/* Since the DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for a DECL is supposed to be the
most distant ancestor, this should never happen. */
abort ();
#endif
return DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl);
}
/* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a block. The block may be an inlined
instance of an inlined instance of a block which is local to an inline
function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
given block. */
static tree
block_ultimate_origin (block)
tree block;
{
tree immediate_origin = BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (block);
/* output_inline_function sets BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
if (BLOCK_ABSTRACT (block) && immediate_origin == block)
return NULL_TREE;
if (immediate_origin == NULL_TREE)
return NULL_TREE;
else
{
tree ret_val;
tree lookahead = immediate_origin;
do
{
ret_val = lookahead;
lookahead = (TREE_CODE (ret_val) == BLOCK
? BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (ret_val) : NULL);
}
while (lookahead != NULL && lookahead != ret_val);
return ret_val;
}
}
/* Get the class to which DECL belongs, if any. In g++, the DECL_CONTEXT
of a virtual function may refer to a base class, so we check the 'this'
parameter. */
static tree
decl_class_context (decl)
tree decl;
{
tree context = NULL_TREE;
if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL || ! DECL_VINDEX (decl))
context = DECL_CONTEXT (decl);
else
context = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT
(TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl)))));
if (context && !TYPE_P (context))
context = NULL_TREE;
return context;
}
/* Add an attribute/value pair to a DIE. We build the lists up in reverse
addition order, and correct that in reverse_all_dies. */
static inline void
add_dwarf_attr (die, attr)
dw_die_ref die;
dw_attr_ref attr;
{
if (die != NULL && attr != NULL)
{
attr->dw_attr_next = die->die_attr;
die->die_attr = attr;
}
}
static inline dw_val_class
AT_class (a)
dw_attr_ref a;
{
return a->dw_attr_val.val_class;
}
/* Add a flag value attribute to a DIE. */
static inline void
add_AT_flag (die, attr_kind, flag)
dw_die_ref die;
enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
unsigned flag;
{
dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_flag;
attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag = flag;
add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
}
static inline unsigned
AT_flag (a)
dw_attr_ref a;
{
if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_flag)
return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag;
abort ();
}
/* Add a signed integer attribute value to a DIE. */
static inline void
add_AT_int (die, attr_kind, int_val)
dw_die_ref die;
enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
long int int_val;
{
dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_const;
attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_int = int_val;
add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
}
static inline long int
AT_int (a)
dw_attr_ref a;
{
if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_const)
return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_int;
abort ();
}
/* Add an unsigned integer attribute value to a DIE. */
static inline void
add_AT_unsigned (die, attr_kind, unsigned_val)
dw_die_ref die;
enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
unsigned long unsigned_val;
{
dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned = unsigned_val;
add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
}
static inline unsigned long
AT_unsigned (a)
dw_attr_ref a;
{
if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_unsigned_const)
return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned;
abort ();
}
/* Add an unsigned double integer attribute value to a DIE. */
static inline void
add_AT_long_long (die, attr_kind, val_hi, val_low)
dw_die_ref die;
enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
unsigned long val_hi;
unsigned long val_low;
{
dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_long_long;
attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.hi = val_hi;
attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.low = val_low;
add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
}
/* Add a floating point attribute value to a DIE and return it. */
static inline void
add_AT_float (die, attr_kind, length, array)
dw_die_ref die;
enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
unsigned length;
long *array;
{
dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_float;
attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_float.length = length;
attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_float.array = array;
add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
}
/* Add a string attribute value to a DIE. */
static inline void
add_AT_string (die, attr_kind, str)
dw_die_ref die;
enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
const char *str;
{
dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
struct indirect_string_node *node;
if (! debug_str_hash)
{
debug_str_hash = ht_create (10);
debug_str_hash->alloc_node = indirect_string_alloc;
}
node = (struct indirect_string_node *)
ht_lookup (debug_str_hash, (const unsigned char *) str,
strlen (str), HT_ALLOC);
node->refcount++;
attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_str;
attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_str = node;
add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
}
static inline const char *
AT_string (a)
dw_attr_ref a;
{
if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str)
return (const char *) HT_STR (&a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->id);
abort ();
}
/* Find out whether a string should be output inline in DIE
or out-of-line in .debug_str section. */
static int
AT_string_form (a)
dw_attr_ref a;
{
if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str)
{
struct indirect_string_node *node;
unsigned int len;
extern int const_labelno;
char label[32];
node = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str;
if (node->form)
return node->form;
len = HT_LEN (&node->id) + 1;
/* If the string is shorter or equal to the size of the reference, it is
always better to put it inline. */
if (len <= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE || node->refcount == 0)
return node->form = DW_FORM_string;
/* If we cannot expect the linker to merge strings in .debug_str
section, only put it into .debug_str if it is worth even in this
single module. */
if ((DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS & SECTION_MERGE) == 0
&& (len - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE) * node->refcount <= len)
return node->form = DW_FORM_string;
ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LC", const_labelno);
++const_labelno;
node->label = xstrdup (label);
return node->form = DW_FORM_strp;
}
abort ();
}
/* Add a DIE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
static inline void
add_AT_die_ref (die, attr_kind, targ_die)
dw_die_ref die;
enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
dw_die_ref targ_die;
{
dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die = targ_die;
attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
}
static inline dw_die_ref
AT_ref (a)
dw_attr_ref a;
{
if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die;
abort ();
}
static inline int
AT_ref_external (a)
dw_attr_ref a;
{
if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external;
return 0;
}
static inline void
set_AT_ref_external (a, i)
dw_attr_ref a;
int i;
{
if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external = i;
else
abort ();
}
/* Add an FDE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
static inline void
add_AT_fde_ref (die, attr_kind, targ_fde)
dw_die_ref die;
enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
unsigned targ_fde;
{
dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_fde_ref;
attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_fde_index = targ_fde;
add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
}
/* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE. */
static inline void
add_AT_loc (die, attr_kind, loc)
dw_die_ref die;
enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
{
dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc = loc;
add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
}
static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
AT_loc (a)
dw_attr_ref a;
{
if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc)
return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc;
abort ();
}
static inline void
add_AT_loc_list (die, attr_kind, loc_list)
dw_die_ref die;
enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
dw_loc_list_ref loc_list;
{
dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_loc_list;
attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc_list = loc_list;
add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
have_location_lists = 1;
}
static inline dw_loc_list_ref
AT_loc_list (a)
dw_attr_ref a;
{
if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc_list)
return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc_list;
abort ();
}
/* Add an address constant attribute value to a DIE. */
static inline void
add_AT_addr (die, attr_kind, addr)
dw_die_ref die;
enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
rtx addr;
{
dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_addr = addr;
add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
}
static inline rtx
AT_addr (a)
dw_attr_ref a;
{
if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_addr)
return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_addr;
abort ();
}
/* Add a label identifier attribute value to a DIE. */
static inline void
add_AT_lbl_id (die, attr_kind, lbl_id)
dw_die_ref die;
enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
const char *lbl_id;
{
dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_lbl_id;
attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (lbl_id);
add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
}
/* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE. */
static inline void
add_AT_lbl_offset (die, attr_kind, label)
dw_die_ref die;
enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
const char *label;
{
dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_lbl_offset;
attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (label);
add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
}
/* Add an offset attribute value to a DIE. */
static inline void
add_AT_offset (die, attr_kind, offset)
dw_die_ref die;
enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
unsigned long offset;
{
dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_offset;
attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset = offset;
add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
}
/* Add an range_list attribute value to a DIE. */
static void
add_AT_range_list (die, attr_kind, offset)
dw_die_ref die;
enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
unsigned long offset;
{
dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_range_list;
attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset = offset;
add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
}
static inline const char *
AT_lbl (a)
dw_attr_ref a;
{
if (a && (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_lbl_id
|| AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_lbl_offset))
return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id;
abort ();
}
/* Get the attribute of type attr_kind. */
static inline dw_attr_ref
get_AT (die, attr_kind)
dw_die_ref die;
enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
{
dw_attr_ref a;
dw_die_ref spec = NULL;
if (die != NULL)
{
for (a = die->die_attr; a != NULL; a = a->dw_attr_next)
if (a->dw_attr == attr_kind)
return a;
else if (a->dw_attr == DW_AT_specification
|| a->dw_attr == DW_AT_abstract_origin)
spec = AT_ref (a);
if (spec)
return get_AT (spec, attr_kind);
}
return NULL;
}
/* Return the "low pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
DIE. Return null if the "low pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
static inline const char *
get_AT_low_pc (die)
dw_die_ref die;
{
dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_low_pc);
return a ? AT_lbl (a) : NULL;
}
/* Return the "high pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
DIE. Return null if the "high pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
static inline const char *
get_AT_hi_pc (die)
dw_die_ref die;
{
dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_high_pc);
return a ? AT_lbl (a) : NULL;
}
/* Return the value of the string attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or
NULL if it is not present. */
static inline const char *
get_AT_string (die, attr_kind)
dw_die_ref die;
enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
{
dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
return a ? AT_string (a) : NULL;
}
/* Return the value of the flag attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or -1
if it is not present. */
static inline int
get_AT_flag (die, attr_kind)
dw_die_ref die;
enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
{
dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
return a ? AT_flag (a) : 0;
}
/* Return the value of the unsigned attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or 0
if it is not present. */
static inline unsigned
get_AT_unsigned (die, attr_kind)
dw_die_ref die;
enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
{
dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
return a ? AT_unsigned (a) : 0;
}
static inline dw_die_ref
get_AT_ref (die, attr_kind)
dw_die_ref die;
enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
{
dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
return a ? AT_ref (a) : NULL;
}
static inline int
is_c_family ()
{
unsigned lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
return (lang == DW_LANG_C || lang == DW_LANG_C89
|| lang == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus);
}
static inline int
is_cxx ()
{
return (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language)
== DW_LANG_C_plus_plus);
}
static inline int
is_fortran ()
{
unsigned lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
return (lang == DW_LANG_Fortran77 || lang == DW_LANG_Fortran90);
}
static inline int
is_java ()
{
unsigned lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
return (lang == DW_LANG_Java);
}
/* Free up the memory used by A. */
static inline void free_AT PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
static inline void
free_AT (a)
dw_attr_ref a;
{
switch (AT_class (a))
{
case dw_val_class_str:
if (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->refcount)
a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->refcount--;
break;
case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
free (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id);
break;
case dw_val_class_float:
free (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_float.array);
break;
default:
break;
}
free (a);
}
/* Remove the specified attribute if present. */
static void
remove_AT (die, attr_kind)
dw_die_ref die;
enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
{
dw_attr_ref *p;
dw_attr_ref removed = NULL;
if (die != NULL)
{
for (p = &(die->die_attr); *p; p = &((*p)->dw_attr_next))
if ((*p)->dw_attr == attr_kind)
{
removed = *p;
*p = (*p)->dw_attr_next;
break;
}
if (removed != 0)
free_AT (removed);
}
}
/* Free up the memory used by DIE. */
static inline void
free_die (die)
dw_die_ref die;
{
remove_children (die);
free (die);
}
/* Discard the children of this DIE. */
static void
remove_children (die)
dw_die_ref die;
{
dw_die_ref child_die = die->die_child;
die->die_child = NULL;
while (child_die != NULL)
{
dw_die_ref tmp_die = child_die;
dw_attr_ref a;
child_die = child_die->die_sib;
for (a = tmp_die->die_attr; a != NULL;)
{
dw_attr_ref tmp_a = a;
a = a->dw_attr_next;
free_AT (tmp_a);
}
free_die (tmp_die);
}
}
/* Add a child DIE below its parent. We build the lists up in reverse
addition order, and correct that in reverse_all_dies. */
static inline void
add_child_die (die, child_die)
dw_die_ref die;
dw_die_ref child_die;
{
if (die != NULL && child_die != NULL)
{
if (die == child_die)
abort ();
child_die->die_parent = die;
child_die->die_sib = die->die_child;
die->die_child = child_die;
}
}
/* Move CHILD, which must be a child of PARENT or the DIE for which PARENT
is the specification, to the front of PARENT's list of children. */
static void
splice_child_die (parent, child)
dw_die_ref parent, child;
{
dw_die_ref *p;
/* We want the declaration DIE from inside the class, not the
specification DIE at toplevel. */
if (child->die_parent != parent)
{
dw_die_ref tmp = get_AT_ref (child, DW_AT_specification);
if (tmp)
child = tmp;
}
if (child->die_parent != parent
&& child->die_parent != get_AT_ref (parent, DW_AT_specification))
abort ();
for (p = &(child->die_parent->die_child); *p; p = &((*p)->die_sib))
if (*p == child)
{
*p = child->die_sib;
break;
}
child->die_sib = parent->die_child;
parent->die_child = child;
}
/* Return a pointer to a newly created DIE node. */
static inline dw_die_ref
new_die (tag_value, parent_die, t)
enum dwarf_tag tag_value;
dw_die_ref parent_die;
tree t;
{
dw_die_ref die = (dw_die_ref) xcalloc (1, sizeof (die_node));
die->die_tag = tag_value;
if (parent_die != NULL)
add_child_die (parent_die, die);
else
{
limbo_die_node *limbo_node;
limbo_node = (limbo_die_node *) xmalloc (sizeof (limbo_die_node));
limbo_node->die = die;
limbo_node->created_for = t;
limbo_node->next = limbo_die_list;
limbo_die_list = limbo_node;
}
return die;
}
/* Return the DIE associated with the given type specifier. */
static inline dw_die_ref
lookup_type_die (type)
tree type;
{
return (dw_die_ref) TYPE_SYMTAB_POINTER (type);
}
/* Equate a DIE to a given type specifier. */
static inline void
equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die)
tree type;
dw_die_ref type_die;
{
TYPE_SYMTAB_POINTER (type) = (char *) type_die;
}
/* Return the DIE associated with a given declaration. */
static inline dw_die_ref
lookup_decl_die (decl)
tree decl;
{
unsigned decl_id = DECL_UID (decl);
return (decl_id < decl_die_table_in_use ? decl_die_table[decl_id] : NULL);
}
/* Equate a DIE to a particular declaration. */
static void
equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, decl_die)
tree decl;
dw_die_ref decl_die;
{
unsigned int decl_id = DECL_UID (decl);
unsigned int num_allocated;
if (decl_id >= decl_die_table_allocated)
{
num_allocated
= ((decl_id + 1 + DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT - 1)
/ DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT)
* DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
decl_die_table
= (dw_die_ref *) xrealloc (decl_die_table,
sizeof (dw_die_ref) * num_allocated);
memset ((char *) &decl_die_table[decl_die_table_allocated], 0,
(num_allocated - decl_die_table_allocated) * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
decl_die_table_allocated = num_allocated;
}
if (decl_id >= decl_die_table_in_use)
decl_die_table_in_use = (decl_id + 1);
decl_die_table[decl_id] = decl_die;
}
/* Keep track of the number of spaces used to indent the
output of the debugging routines that print the structure of
the DIE internal representation. */
static int print_indent;
/* Indent the line the number of spaces given by print_indent. */
static inline void
print_spaces (outfile)
FILE *outfile;
{
fprintf (outfile, "%*s", print_indent, "");
}
/* Print the information associated with a given DIE, and its children.
This routine is a debugging aid only. */
static void
print_die (die, outfile)
dw_die_ref die;
FILE *outfile;
{
dw_attr_ref a;
dw_die_ref c;
print_spaces (outfile);
fprintf (outfile, "DIE %4lu: %s\n",
die->die_offset, dwarf_tag_name (die->die_tag));
print_spaces (outfile);
fprintf (outfile, " abbrev id: %lu", die->die_abbrev);
fprintf (outfile, " offset: %lu\n", die->die_offset);
for (a = die->die_attr; a != NULL; a = a->dw_attr_next)
{
print_spaces (outfile);
fprintf (outfile, " %s: ", dwarf_attr_name (a->dw_attr));
switch (AT_class (a))
{
case dw_val_class_addr:
fprintf (outfile, "address");
break;
case dw_val_class_offset:
fprintf (outfile, "offset");
break;
case dw_val_class_loc:
fprintf (outfile, "location descriptor");
break;
case dw_val_class_loc_list:
fprintf (outfile, "location list -> label:%s",
AT_loc_list (a)->ll_symbol);
break;
case dw_val_class_range_list:
fprintf (outfile, "range list");
break;
case dw_val_class_const:
fprintf (outfile, "%ld", AT_int (a));
break;
case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
fprintf (outfile, "%lu", AT_unsigned (a));
break;
case dw_val_class_long_long:
fprintf (outfile, "constant (%lu,%lu)",
a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.hi,
a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.low);
break;
case dw_val_class_float:
fprintf (outfile, "floating-point constant");
break;
case dw_val_class_flag:
fprintf (outfile, "%u", AT_flag (a));
break;
case dw_val_class_die_ref:
if (AT_ref (a) != NULL)
{
if (AT_ref (a)->die_symbol)
fprintf (outfile, "die -> label: %s", AT_ref (a)->die_symbol);
else
fprintf (outfile, "die -> %lu", AT_ref (a)->die_offset);
}
else
fprintf (outfile, "die -> <null>");
break;
case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
fprintf (outfile, "label: %s", AT_lbl (a));
break;
case dw_val_class_str:
if (AT_string (a) != NULL)
fprintf (outfile, "\"%s\"", AT_string (a));
else
fprintf (outfile, "<null>");
break;
default:
break;
}
fprintf (outfile, "\n");
}
if (die->die_child != NULL)
{
print_indent += 4;
for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
print_die (c, outfile);
print_indent -= 4;
}
if (print_indent == 0)
fprintf (outfile, "\n");
}
/* Print the contents of the source code line number correspondence table.
This routine is a debugging aid only. */
static void
print_dwarf_line_table (outfile)
FILE *outfile;
{
unsigned i;
dw_line_info_ref line_info;
fprintf (outfile, "\n\nDWARF source line information\n");
for (i = 1; i < line_info_table_in_use; i++)
{
line_info = &line_info_table[i];
fprintf (outfile, "%5d: ", i);
fprintf (outfile, "%-20s", file_table.table[line_info->dw_file_num]);
fprintf (outfile, "%6ld", line_info->dw_line_num);
fprintf (outfile, "\n");
}
fprintf (outfile, "\n\n");
}
/* Print the information collected for a given DIE. */
void
debug_dwarf_die (die)
dw_die_ref die;
{
print_die (die, stderr);
}
/* Print all DWARF information collected for the compilation unit.
This routine is a debugging aid only. */
void
debug_dwarf ()
{
print_indent = 0;
print_die (comp_unit_die, stderr);
if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
print_dwarf_line_table (stderr);
}
/* We build up the lists of children and attributes by pushing new ones
onto the beginning of the list. Reverse the lists for DIE so that
they are in order of addition. */
static void
reverse_die_lists (die)
dw_die_ref die;
{
dw_die_ref c, cp, cn;
dw_attr_ref a, ap, an;
for (a = die->die_attr, ap = 0; a; a = an)
{
an = a->dw_attr_next;
a->dw_attr_next = ap;
ap = a;
}
die->die_attr = ap;
for (c = die->die_child, cp = 0; c; c = cn)
{
cn = c->die_sib;
c->die_sib = cp;
cp = c;
}
die->die_child = cp;
}
/* reverse_die_lists only reverses the single die you pass it. Since we used to
reverse all dies in add_sibling_attributes, which runs through all the dies,
it would reverse all the dies. Now, however, since we don't call
reverse_die_lists in add_sibling_attributes, we need a routine to
recursively reverse all the dies. This is that routine. */
static void
reverse_all_dies (die)
dw_die_ref die;
{
dw_die_ref c;
reverse_die_lists (die);
for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
reverse_all_dies (c);
}
/* Start a new compilation unit DIE for an include file. OLD_UNIT is the CU
for the enclosing include file, if any. BINCL_DIE is the DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
DIE that marks the start of the DIEs for this include file. */
static dw_die_ref
push_new_compile_unit (old_unit, bincl_die)
dw_die_ref old_unit, bincl_die;
{
const char *filename = get_AT_string (bincl_die, DW_AT_name);
dw_die_ref new_unit = gen_compile_unit_die (filename);
new_unit->die_sib = old_unit;
return new_unit;
}
/* Close an include-file CU and reopen the enclosing one. */
static dw_die_ref
pop_compile_unit (old_unit)
dw_die_ref old_unit;
{
dw_die_ref new_unit = old_unit->die_sib;
old_unit->die_sib = NULL;
return new_unit;
}
#define CHECKSUM(FOO) md5_process_bytes (&(FOO), sizeof (FOO), ctx)
#define CHECKSUM_STRING(FOO) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), strlen (FOO), ctx)
/* Calculate the checksum of a location expression. */
static inline void
loc_checksum (loc, ctx)
dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
struct md5_ctx *ctx;
{
CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_opc);
CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1);
CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2);
}
/* Calculate the checksum of an attribute. */
static void
attr_checksum (at, ctx)
dw_attr_ref at;
struct md5_ctx *ctx;
{
dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
rtx r;
CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr);
/* We don't care about differences in file numbering. */
if (at->dw_attr == DW_AT_decl_file
/* Or that this was compiled with a different compiler snapshot; if
the output is the same, that's what matters. */
|| at->dw_attr == DW_AT_producer)
return;
switch (AT_class (at))
{
case dw_val_class_const:
CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_int);
break;
case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned);
break;
case dw_val_class_long_long:
CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long);
break;
case dw_val_class_float:
CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_float);
break;
case dw_val_class_flag:
CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag);
break;
case dw_val_class_str:
CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (at));
break;
case dw_val_class_addr:
r = AT_addr (at);
switch (GET_CODE (r))
{
case SYMBOL_REF:
CHECKSUM_STRING (XSTR (r, 0));
break;
default:
abort ();
}
break;
case dw_val_class_offset:
CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset);
break;
case dw_val_class_loc:
for (loc = AT_loc (at); loc; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
loc_checksum (loc, ctx);
break;
case dw_val_class_die_ref:
if (AT_ref (at)->die_offset)
CHECKSUM (AT_ref (at)->die_offset);
/* FIXME else use target die name or something. */
case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
break;
default:
break;
}
}
/* Calculate the checksum of a DIE. */
static void
die_checksum (die, ctx)
dw_die_ref die;
struct md5_ctx *ctx;
{
dw_die_ref c;
dw_attr_ref a;
CHECKSUM (die->die_tag);
for (a = die->die_attr; a; a = a->dw_attr_next)
attr_checksum (a, ctx);
for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
die_checksum (c, ctx);
}
#undef CHECKSUM
#undef CHECKSUM_STRING
/* The prefix to attach to symbols on DIEs in the current comdat debug
info section. */
static char *comdat_symbol_id;
/* The index of the current symbol within the current comdat CU. */
static unsigned int comdat_symbol_number;
/* Calculate the MD5 checksum of the compilation unit DIE UNIT_DIE and its
children, and set comdat_symbol_id accordingly. */
static void
compute_section_prefix (unit_die)
dw_die_ref unit_die;
{
const char *base = lbasename (get_AT_string (unit_die, DW_AT_name));
char *name = (char *) alloca (strlen (base) + 64);
char *p;
int i;
unsigned char checksum[16];
struct md5_ctx ctx;
/* Compute the checksum of the DIE, then append part of it as hex digits to
the name filename of the unit. */
md5_init_ctx (&ctx);
die_checksum (unit_die, &ctx);
md5_finish_ctx (&ctx, checksum);
sprintf (name, "%s.", base);
clean_symbol_name (name);
p = name + strlen (name);
for (i = 0; i < 4; i++)
{
sprintf (p, "%.2x", checksum[i]);
p += 2;
}
comdat_symbol_id = unit_die->die_symbol = xstrdup (name);
comdat_symbol_number = 0;
}
/* Returns nonzero if DIE represents a type, in the sense of TYPE_P. */
static int
is_type_die (die)
dw_die_ref die;
{
switch (die->die_tag)
{
case DW_TAG_array_type:
case DW_TAG_class_type:
case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
case DW_TAG_reference_type:
case DW_TAG_string_type:
case DW_TAG_structure_type:
case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
case DW_TAG_union_type:
case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
case DW_TAG_set_type:
case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
case DW_TAG_base_type:
case DW_TAG_const_type:
case DW_TAG_file_type:
case DW_TAG_packed_type:
case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
return 1;
default:
return 0;
}
}
/* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that should go into a COMDAT CU.
Basically, we want to choose the bits that are likely to be shared between
compilations (types) and leave out the bits that are specific to individual
compilations (functions). */
static int
is_comdat_die (c)
dw_die_ref c;
{
/* I think we want to leave base types and __vtbl_ptr_type in the main CU, as
we do for stabs. The advantage is a greater likelihood of sharing between
objects that don't include headers in the same order (and therefore would
put the base types in a different comdat). jason 8/28/00 */
if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_base_type)
return 0;
if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_pointer_type
|| c->die_tag == DW_TAG_reference_type
|| c->die_tag == DW_TAG_const_type
|| c->die_tag == DW_TAG_volatile_type)
{
dw_die_ref t = get_AT_ref (c, DW_AT_type);
return t ? is_comdat_die (t) : 0;
}
return is_type_die (c);
}
/* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that might be referred to from another
compilation unit. */
static int
is_symbol_die (c)
dw_die_ref c;
{
return (is_type_die (c)
|| (get_AT (c, DW_AT_declaration)
&& !get_AT (c, DW_AT_specification)));
}
static char *
gen_internal_sym (prefix)
const char *prefix;
{
char buf[256];
static int label_num;
ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (buf, prefix, label_num++);
return xstrdup (buf);
}
/* Assign symbols to all worthy DIEs under DIE. */
static void
assign_symbol_names (die)
dw_die_ref die;
{
dw_die_ref c;
if (is_symbol_die (die))
{
if (comdat_symbol_id)
{
char *p = alloca (strlen (comdat_symbol_id) + 64);
sprintf (p, "%s.%s.%x", DIE_LABEL_PREFIX,
comdat_symbol_id, comdat_symbol_number++);
die->die_symbol = xstrdup (p);
}
else
die->die_symbol = gen_internal_sym ("LDIE");
}
for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
assign_symbol_names (c);
}
/* Traverse the DIE (which is always comp_unit_die), and set up
additional compilation units for each of the include files we see
bracketed by BINCL/EINCL. */
static void
break_out_includes (die)
dw_die_ref die;
{
dw_die_ref *ptr;
dw_die_ref unit = NULL;
limbo_die_node *node;
for (ptr = &(die->die_child); *ptr; )
{
dw_die_ref c = *ptr;
if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
|| (unit && is_comdat_die (c)))
{
/* This DIE is for a secondary CU; remove it from the main one. */
*ptr = c->die_sib;
if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL)
{
unit = push_new_compile_unit (unit, c);
free_die (c);
}
else if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL)
{
unit = pop_compile_unit (unit);
free_die (c);
}
else
add_child_die (unit, c);
}
else
{
/* Leave this DIE in the main CU. */
ptr = &(c->die_sib);
continue;
}
}
#if 0
/* We can only use this in debugging, since the frontend doesn't check
to make sure that we leave every include file we enter. */
if (unit != NULL)
abort ();
#endif
assign_symbol_names (die);
for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
{
compute_section_prefix (node->die);
assign_symbol_names (node->die);
}
}
/* Traverse the DIE and add a sibling attribute if it may have the
effect of speeding up access to siblings. To save some space,
avoid generating sibling attributes for DIE's without children. */
static void
add_sibling_attributes (die)
dw_die_ref die;
{
dw_die_ref c;
if (die->die_tag != DW_TAG_compile_unit
&& die->die_sib && die->die_child != NULL)
/* Add the sibling link to the front of the attribute list. */
add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_sibling, die->die_sib);
for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
add_sibling_attributes (c);
}
/* Output all location lists for the DIE and its children. */
static void
output_location_lists (die)
dw_die_ref die;
{
dw_die_ref c;
dw_attr_ref d_attr;
for (d_attr = die->die_attr; d_attr; d_attr = d_attr->dw_attr_next)
if (AT_class (d_attr) == dw_val_class_loc_list)
output_loc_list (AT_loc_list (d_attr));
for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
output_location_lists (c);
}
/* The format of each DIE (and its attribute value pairs) is encoded in an
abbreviation table. This routine builds the abbreviation table and assigns
a unique abbreviation id for each abbreviation entry. The children of each
die are visited recursively. */
static void
build_abbrev_table (die)
dw_die_ref die;
{
unsigned long abbrev_id;
unsigned int n_alloc;
dw_die_ref c;
dw_attr_ref d_attr, a_attr;
/* Scan the DIE references, and mark as external any that refer to
DIEs from other CUs (i.e. those which are not marked). */
for (d_attr = die->die_attr; d_attr; d_attr = d_attr->dw_attr_next)
if (AT_class (d_attr) == dw_val_class_die_ref
&& AT_ref (d_attr)->die_mark == 0)
{
if (AT_ref (d_attr)->die_symbol == 0)
abort ();
set_AT_ref_external (d_attr, 1);
}
for (abbrev_id = 1; abbrev_id < abbrev_die_table_in_use; ++abbrev_id)
{
dw_die_ref abbrev = abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id];
if (abbrev->die_tag == die->die_tag)
{
if ((abbrev->die_child != NULL) == (die->die_child != NULL))
{
a_attr = abbrev->die_attr;
d_attr = die->die_attr;
while (a_attr != NULL && d_attr != NULL)
{
if ((a_attr->dw_attr != d_attr->dw_attr)
|| (value_format (a_attr) != value_format (d_attr)))
break;
a_attr = a_attr->dw_attr_next;
d_attr = d_attr->dw_attr_next;
}
if (a_attr == NULL && d_attr == NULL)
break;
}
}
}
if (abbrev_id >= abbrev_die_table_in_use)
{
if (abbrev_die_table_in_use >= abbrev_die_table_allocated)
{
n_alloc = abbrev_die_table_allocated + ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
abbrev_die_table
= (dw_die_ref *) xrealloc (abbrev_die_table,
sizeof (dw_die_ref) * n_alloc);
memset ((char *) &abbrev_die_table[abbrev_die_table_allocated], 0,
(n_alloc - abbrev_die_table_allocated) * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
abbrev_die_table_allocated = n_alloc;
}
++abbrev_die_table_in_use;
abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id] = die;
}
die->die_abbrev = abbrev_id;
for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
build_abbrev_table (c);
}
/* Return the power-of-two number of bytes necessary to represent VALUE. */
static int
constant_size (value)
long unsigned value;
{
int log;
if (value == 0)
log = 0;
else
log = floor_log2 (value);
log = log / 8;
log = 1 << (floor_log2 (log) + 1);
return log;
}
/* Return the size of a DIE as it is represented in the
.debug_info section. */
static unsigned long
size_of_die (die)
dw_die_ref die;
{
unsigned long size = 0;
dw_attr_ref a;
size += size_of_uleb128 (die->die_abbrev);
for (a = die->die_attr; a != NULL; a = a->dw_attr_next)
{
switch (AT_class (a))
{
case dw_val_class_addr:
size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
break;
case dw_val_class_offset:
size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
break;
case dw_val_class_loc:
{
unsigned long lsize = size_of_locs (AT_loc (a));
/* Block length. */
size += constant_size (lsize);
size += lsize;
}
break;
case dw_val_class_loc_list:
size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
break;
case dw_val_class_range_list:
size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
break;
case dw_val_class_const:
size += size_of_sleb128 (AT_int (a));
break;
case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
size += constant_size (AT_unsigned (a));
break;
case dw_val_class_long_long:
size += 1 + 2*HOST_BITS_PER_LONG/HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR; /* block */
break;
case dw_val_class_float:
size += 1 + a->dw_attr_val.v.val_float.length * 4; /* block */
break;
case dw_val_class_flag:
size += 1;
break;
case dw_val_class_die_ref:
size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
break;
case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
break;
case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
break;
case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
break;
case dw_val_class_str:
if (AT_string_form (a) == DW_FORM_strp)
size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
else
size += HT_LEN (&a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->id) + 1;
break;
default:
abort ();
}
}
return size;
}
/* Size the debugging information associated with a given DIE. Visits the
DIE's children recursively. Updates the global variable next_die_offset, on
each time through. Uses the current value of next_die_offset to update the
die_offset field in each DIE. */
static void
calc_die_sizes (die)
dw_die_ref die;
{
dw_die_ref c;
die->die_offset = next_die_offset;
next_die_offset += size_of_die (die);
for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
calc_die_sizes (c);
if (die->die_child != NULL)
/* Count the null byte used to terminate sibling lists. */
next_die_offset += 1;
}
/* Set the marks for a die and its children. We do this so
that we know whether or not a reference needs to use FORM_ref_addr; only
DIEs in the same CU will be marked. We used to clear out the offset
and use that as the flag, but ran into ordering problems. */
static void
mark_dies (die)
dw_die_ref die;
{
dw_die_ref c;
die->die_mark = 1;
for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
mark_dies (c);
}
/* Clear the marks for a die and its children. */
static void
unmark_dies (die)
dw_die_ref die;
{
dw_die_ref c;
die->die_mark = 0;
for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
unmark_dies (c);
}
/* Return the size of the .debug_pubnames table generated for the
compilation unit. */
static unsigned long
size_of_pubnames ()
{
unsigned long size;
unsigned i;
size = DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE;
for (i = 0; i < pubname_table_in_use; i++)
{
pubname_ref p = &pubname_table[i];
size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + strlen (p->name) + 1;
}
size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
return size;
}
/* Return the size of the information in the .debug_aranges section. */
static unsigned long
size_of_aranges ()
{
unsigned long size;
size = DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE;
/* Count the address/length pair for this compilation unit. */
size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * arange_table_in_use;
/* Count the two zero words used to terminated the address range table. */
size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
return size;
}
/* Select the encoding of an attribute value. */
static enum dwarf_form
value_format (a)
dw_attr_ref a;
{
switch (a->dw_attr_val.val_class)
{
case dw_val_class_addr:
return DW_FORM_addr;
case dw_val_class_range_list:
case dw_val_class_offset:
if (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
return DW_FORM_data4;
if (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8)
return DW_FORM_data8;
abort ();
case dw_val_class_loc_list:
/* FIXME: Could be DW_FORM_data8, with a > 32 bit size
.debug_loc section */
return DW_FORM_data4;
case dw_val_class_loc:
switch (constant_size (size_of_locs (AT_loc (a))))
{
case 1:
return DW_FORM_block1;
case 2:
return DW_FORM_block2;
default:
abort ();
}
case dw_val_class_const:
return DW_FORM_sdata;
case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
switch (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a)))
{
case 1:
return DW_FORM_data1;
case 2:
return DW_FORM_data2;
case 4:
return DW_FORM_data4;
case 8:
return DW_FORM_data8;
default:
abort ();
}
case dw_val_class_long_long:
return DW_FORM_block1;
case dw_val_class_float:
return DW_FORM_block1;
case dw_val_class_flag:
return DW_FORM_flag;
case dw_val_class_die_ref:
if (AT_ref_external (a))
return DW_FORM_ref_addr;
else
return DW_FORM_ref;
case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
return DW_FORM_data;
case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
return DW_FORM_addr;
case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
return DW_FORM_data;
case dw_val_class_str:
return AT_string_form (a);
default:
abort ();
}
}
/* Output the encoding of an attribute value. */
static void
output_value_format (a)
dw_attr_ref a;
{
enum dwarf_form form = value_format (a);
dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (form, "(%s)", dwarf_form_name (form));
}
/* Output the .debug_abbrev section which defines the DIE abbreviation
table. */
static void
output_abbrev_section ()
{
unsigned long abbrev_id;
dw_attr_ref a_attr;
for (abbrev_id = 1; abbrev_id < abbrev_die_table_in_use; ++abbrev_id)
{
dw_die_ref abbrev = abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id];
dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev_id, "(abbrev code)");
dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev->die_tag, "(TAG: %s)",
dwarf_tag_name (abbrev->die_tag));
if (abbrev->die_child != NULL)
dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_yes, "DW_children_yes");
else
dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_no, "DW_children_no");
for (a_attr = abbrev->die_attr; a_attr != NULL;
a_attr = a_attr->dw_attr_next)
{
dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (a_attr->dw_attr, "(%s)",
dwarf_attr_name (a_attr->dw_attr));
output_value_format (a_attr);
}
dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
}
/* Terminate the table. */
dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
}
/* Output a symbol we can use to refer to this DIE from another CU. */
static inline void
output_die_symbol (die)
dw_die_ref die;
{
char *sym = die->die_symbol;
if (sym == 0)
return;
if (strncmp (sym, DIE_LABEL_PREFIX, sizeof (DIE_LABEL_PREFIX) - 1) == 0)
/* We make these global, not weak; if the target doesn't support
.linkonce, it doesn't support combining the sections, so debugging
will break. */
ASM_GLOBALIZE_LABEL (asm_out_file, sym);
ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, sym);
}
/* Return a new location list, given the begin and end range, and the
expression. gensym tells us whether to generate a new internal symbol for
this location list node, which is done for the head of the list only. */
static inline dw_loc_list_ref
new_loc_list (expr, begin, end, section, gensym)
dw_loc_descr_ref expr;
const char *begin;
const char *end;
const char *section;
unsigned gensym;
{
dw_loc_list_ref retlist
= (dw_loc_list_ref) xcalloc (1, sizeof (dw_loc_list_node));
retlist->begin = begin;
retlist->end = end;
retlist->expr = expr;
retlist->section = section;
if (gensym)
retlist->ll_symbol = gen_internal_sym ("LLST");
return retlist;
}
/* Add a location description expression to a location list */
static inline void
add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (list_head, descr, begin, end, section)
dw_loc_list_ref *list_head;
dw_loc_descr_ref descr;
const char *begin;
const char *end;
const char *section;
{
dw_loc_list_ref *d;
/* Find the end of the chain. */
for (d = list_head; (*d) != NULL; d = &(*d)->dw_loc_next)
;
/* Add a new location list node to the list */
*d = new_loc_list (descr, begin, end, section, 0);
}
/* Output the location list given to us */
static void
output_loc_list (list_head)
dw_loc_list_ref list_head;
{
dw_loc_list_ref curr = list_head;
ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, list_head->ll_symbol);
/* ??? This shouldn't be needed now that we've forced the
compilation unit base address to zero when there is code
in more than one section. */
if (strcmp (curr->section, ".text") == 0)
{
/* dw2_asm_output_data will mask off any extra bits in the ~0. */
dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, ~(unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 0,
"Location list base address specifier fake entry");
dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->section,
"Location list base address specifier base");
}
for (curr = list_head; curr != NULL; curr=curr->dw_loc_next)
{
unsigned long size;
dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->begin, curr->section,
"Location list begin address (%s)",
list_head->ll_symbol);
dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->end, curr->section,
"Location list end address (%s)",
list_head->ll_symbol);
size = size_of_locs (curr->expr);
/* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
if (size > 0xffff)
abort ();
dw2_asm_output_data (2, size, "%s", "Location expression size");
output_loc_sequence (curr->expr);
}
dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, 0,
"Location list terminator begin (%s)",
list_head->ll_symbol);
dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, 0,
"Location list terminator end (%s)",
list_head->ll_symbol);
}
/* Output the DIE and its attributes. Called recursively to generate
the definitions of each child DIE. */
static void
output_die (die)
dw_die_ref die;
{
dw_attr_ref a;
dw_die_ref c;
unsigned long size;
/* If someone in another CU might refer to us, set up a symbol for
them to point to. */
if (die->die_symbol)
output_die_symbol (die);
dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (die->die_abbrev, "(DIE (0x%lx) %s)",
die->die_offset, dwarf_tag_name (die->die_tag));
for (a = die->die_attr; a != NULL; a = a->dw_attr_next)
{
const char *name = dwarf_attr_name (a->dw_attr);
switch (AT_class (a))
{
case dw_val_class_addr:
dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, AT_addr (a), "%s", name);
break;
case dw_val_class_offset:
dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, a->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset,
"%s", name);
break;
case dw_val_class_range_list:
{
char *p = strchr (ranges_section_label, '\0');
sprintf (p, "+0x%lx", a->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset);
dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, ranges_section_label,
"%s", name);
*p = '\0';
}
break;
case dw_val_class_loc:
size = size_of_locs (AT_loc (a));
/* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (size), size, "%s", name);
output_loc_sequence (AT_loc (a));
break;
case dw_val_class_const:
/* ??? It would be slightly more efficient to use a scheme like is
used for unsigned constants below, but gdb 4.x does not sign
extend. Gdb 5.x does sign extend. */
dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (AT_int (a), "%s", name);
break;
case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a)),
AT_unsigned (a), "%s", name);
break;
case dw_val_class_long_long:
{
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first, second;
dw2_asm_output_data (1,
2 * HOST_BITS_PER_LONG / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
"%s", name);
if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
{
first = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.hi;
second = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.low;
}
else
{
first = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.low;
second = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.hi;
}
dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
first, "long long constant");
dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
second, NULL);
}
break;
case dw_val_class_float:
{
unsigned int i;
dw2_asm_output_data (1, a->dw_attr_val.v.val_float.length * 4,
"%s", name);
for (i = 0; i < a->dw_attr_val.v.val_float.length; i++)
dw2_asm_output_data (4, a->dw_attr_val.v.val_float.array[i],
"fp constant word %u", i);
break;
}
case dw_val_class_flag:
dw2_asm_output_data (1, AT_flag (a), "%s", name);
break;
case dw_val_class_loc_list:
{
char *sym = AT_loc_list (a)->ll_symbol;
if (sym == 0)
abort ();
dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, sym,
loc_section_label, "%s", name);
}
break;
case dw_val_class_die_ref:
if (AT_ref_external (a))
{
char *sym = AT_ref (a)->die_symbol;
if (sym == 0)
abort ();
dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, sym, "%s", name);
}
else if (AT_ref (a)->die_offset == 0)
abort ();
else
dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, AT_ref (a)->die_offset,
"%s", name);
break;
case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
{
char l1[20];
ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, FDE_LABEL,
a->dw_attr_val.v.val_fde_index * 2);
dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l1, "%s", name);
}
break;
case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, AT_lbl (a), "%s", name);
break;
case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, AT_lbl (a), "%s", name);
break;
case dw_val_class_str:
if (AT_string_form (a) == DW_FORM_strp)
dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE,
a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->label,
"%s: \"%s\"", name, AT_string (a));
else
dw2_asm_output_nstring (AT_string (a), -1, "%s", name);
break;
default:
abort ();
}
}
for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
output_die (c);
/* Add null byte to terminate sibling list. */
if (die->die_child != NULL)
dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "end of children of DIE 0x%lx",
die->die_offset);
}
/* Output the compilation unit that appears at the beginning of the
.debug_info section, and precedes the DIE descriptions. */
static void
output_compilation_unit_header ()
{
dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, next_die_offset - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE,
"Length of Compilation Unit Info");
dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION, "DWARF version number");
dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, abbrev_section_label,
"Offset Into Abbrev. Section");
dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
}
/* Output the compilation unit DIE and its children. */
static void
output_comp_unit (die)
dw_die_ref die;
{
const char *secname;
/* Even if there are no children of this DIE, we must output the information
about the compilation unit. Otherwise, on an empty translation unit, we
will generate a present, but empty, .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm'
will then complain when examining the file. First mark all the DIEs in
this CU so we know which get local refs. */
mark_dies (die);
build_abbrev_table (die);
/* Initialize the beginning DIE offset - and calculate sizes/offsets. */
next_die_offset = DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE;
calc_die_sizes (die);
if (die->die_symbol)
{
char *tmp = (char *) alloca (strlen (die->die_symbol) + 24);
sprintf (tmp, ".gnu.linkonce.wi.%s", die->die_symbol);
secname = tmp;
die->die_symbol = NULL;
}
else
secname = (const char *) DEBUG_INFO_SECTION;
/* Output debugging information. */
named_section_flags (secname, SECTION_DEBUG);
output_compilation_unit_header ();
output_die (die);
/* Leave the marks on the main CU, so we can check them in
output_pubnames. */
if (die->die_symbol)
unmark_dies (die);
}
/* The DWARF2 pubname for a nested thingy looks like "A::f". The output
of decl_printable_name for C++ looks like "A::f(int)". Let's drop the
argument list, and maybe the scope. */
static const char *
dwarf2_name (decl, scope)
tree decl;
int scope;
{
return (*decl_printable_name) (decl, scope ? 1 : 0);
}
/* Add a new entry to .debug_pubnames if appropriate. */
static void
add_pubname (decl, die)
tree decl;
dw_die_ref die;
{
pubname_ref p;
if (! TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
return;
if (pubname_table_in_use == pubname_table_allocated)
{
pubname_table_allocated += PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT;
pubname_table
= (pubname_ref) xrealloc (pubname_table,
(pubname_table_allocated
* sizeof (pubname_entry)));
}
p = &pubname_table[pubname_table_in_use++];
p->die = die;
p->name = xstrdup (dwarf2_name (decl, 1));
}
/* Output the public names table used to speed up access to externally
visible names. For now, only generate entries for externally
visible procedures. */
static void
output_pubnames ()
{
unsigned i;
unsigned long pubnames_length = size_of_pubnames ();
dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, pubnames_length,
"Length of Public Names Info");
dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION, "DWARF Version");
dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, debug_info_section_label,
"Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, next_die_offset,
"Compilation Unit Length");
for (i = 0; i < pubname_table_in_use; i++)
{
pubname_ref pub = &pubname_table[i];
/* We shouldn't see pubnames for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
if (pub->die->die_mark == 0)
abort ();
dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, pub->die->die_offset,
"DIE offset");
dw2_asm_output_nstring (pub->name, -1, "external name");
}
dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, 0, NULL);
}
/* Add a new entry to .debug_aranges if appropriate. */
static void
add_arange (decl, die)
tree decl;
dw_die_ref die;
{
if (! DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl))
return;
if (arange_table_in_use == arange_table_allocated)
{
arange_table_allocated += ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
arange_table = (dw_die_ref *)
xrealloc (arange_table, arange_table_allocated * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
}
arange_table[arange_table_in_use++] = die;
}
/* Output the information that goes into the .debug_aranges table.
Namely, define the beginning and ending address range of the
text section generated for this compilation unit. */
static void
output_aranges ()
{
unsigned i;
unsigned long aranges_length = size_of_aranges ();
dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, aranges_length,
"Length of Address Ranges Info");
dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION, "DWARF Version");
dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, debug_info_section_label,
"Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Size of Address");
dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "Size of Segment Descriptor");
/* We need to align to twice the pointer size here. */
if (DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE)
{
/* Pad using a 2 byte words so that padding is correct for any
pointer size. */
dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, "Pad to %d byte boundary",
2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
for (i = 2; i < (unsigned) DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE; i += 2)
dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, NULL);
}
dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_section_label, "Address");
dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_end_label,
text_section_label, "Length");
for (i = 0; i < arange_table_in_use; i++)
{
dw_die_ref die = arange_table[i];
/* We shouldn't see aranges for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
if (die->die_mark == 0)
abort ();
if (die->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
{
dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, get_AT_low_pc (die),
"Address");
dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, get_AT_hi_pc (die),
get_AT_low_pc (die), "Length");
}
else
{
/* A static variable; extract the symbol from DW_AT_location.
Note that this code isn't currently hit, as we only emit
aranges for functions (jason 9/23/99). */
dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_location);
dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
if (! a || AT_class (a) != dw_val_class_loc)
abort ();
loc = AT_loc (a);
if (loc->dw_loc_opc != DW_OP_addr)
abort ();
dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr, "Address");
dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
get_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_byte_size),
"Length");
}
}
/* Output the terminator words. */
dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
}
/* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges. Return the offset at which it
was placed. */
static unsigned int
add_ranges (block)
tree block;
{
unsigned int in_use = ranges_table_in_use;
if (in_use == ranges_table_allocated)
{
ranges_table_allocated += RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT;
ranges_table = (dw_ranges_ref)
xrealloc (ranges_table, (ranges_table_allocated
* sizeof (struct dw_ranges_struct)));
}
ranges_table[in_use].block_num = (block ? BLOCK_NUMBER (block) : 0);
ranges_table_in_use = in_use + 1;
return in_use * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
}
static void
output_ranges ()
{
unsigned i;
static const char *const start_fmt = "Offset 0x%x";
const char *fmt = start_fmt;
for (i = 0; i < ranges_table_in_use; i++)
{
int block_num = ranges_table[i].block_num;
if (block_num)
{
char blabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
char elabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (blabel, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL, block_num);
ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (elabel, BLOCK_END_LABEL, block_num);
/* If all code is in the text section, then the compilation
unit base address defaults to DW_AT_low_pc, which is the
base of the text section. */
if (separate_line_info_table_in_use == 0)
{
dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, blabel,
text_section_label,
fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, elabel,
text_section_label, NULL);
}
/* Otherwise, we add a DW_AT_entry_pc attribute to force the
compilation unit base address to zero, which allows us to
use absolute addresses, and not worry about whether the
target supports cross-section arithmetic. */
else
{
dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, blabel,
fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, elabel, NULL);
}
fmt = NULL;
}
else
{
dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
fmt = start_fmt;
}
}
}
/* Data structure containing information about input files. */
struct file_info
{
char *path; /* Complete file name. */
char *fname; /* File name part. */
int length; /* Length of entire string. */
int file_idx; /* Index in input file table. */
int dir_idx; /* Index in directory table. */
};
/* Data structure containing information about directories with source
files. */
struct dir_info
{
char *path; /* Path including directory name. */
int length; /* Path length. */
int prefix; /* Index of directory entry which is a prefix. */
int count; /* Number of files in this directory. */
int dir_idx; /* Index of directory used as base. */
int used; /* Used in the end? */
};
/* Callback function for file_info comparison. We sort by looking at
the directories in the path. */
static int
file_info_cmp (p1, p2)
const void *p1;
const void *p2;
{
const struct file_info *s1 = p1;
const struct file_info *s2 = p2;
unsigned char *cp1;
unsigned char *cp2;
/* Take care of file names without directories. We need to make sure that
we return consistent values to qsort since some will get confused if
we return the same value when identical operands are passed in opposite
orders. So if neither has a directory, return 0 and otherwise return
1 or -1 depending on which one has the directory. */
if ((s1->path == s1->fname || s2->path == s2->fname))
return (s2->path == s2->fname) - (s1->path == s1->fname);
cp1 = (unsigned char *) s1->path;
cp2 = (unsigned char *) s2->path;
while (1)
{
++cp1;
++cp2;
/* Reached the end of the first path? If so, handle like above. */
if ((cp1 == (unsigned char *) s1->fname)
|| (cp2 == (unsigned char *) s2->fname))
return ((cp2 == (unsigned char *) s2->fname)
- (cp1 == (unsigned char *) s1->fname));
/* Character of current path component the same? */
else if (*cp1 != *cp2)
return *cp1 - *cp2;
}
}
/* Output the directory table and the file name table. We try to minimize
the total amount of memory needed. A heuristic is used to avoid large
slowdowns with many input files. */
static void
output_file_names ()
{
struct file_info *files;
struct dir_info *dirs;
int *saved;
int *savehere;
int *backmap;
int ndirs;
int idx_offset;
int i;
int idx;
/* Allocate the various arrays we need. */
files = (struct file_info *) alloca (file_table.in_use
* sizeof (struct file_info));
dirs = (struct dir_info *) alloca (file_table.in_use
* sizeof (struct dir_info));
/* Sort the file names. */
for (i = 1; i < (int) file_table.in_use; i++)
{
char *f;
/* Skip all leading "./". */
f = file_table.table[i];
while (f[0] == '.' && f[1] == '/')
f += 2;
/* Create a new array entry. */
files[i].path = f;
files[i].length = strlen (f);
files[i].file_idx = i;
/* Search for the file name part. */
f = strrchr (f, '/');
files[i].fname = f == NULL ? files[i].path : f + 1;
}
qsort (files + 1, file_table.in_use - 1, sizeof (files[0]), file_info_cmp);
/* Find all the different directories used. */
dirs[0].path = files[1].path;
dirs[0].length = files[1].fname - files[1].path;
dirs[0].prefix = -1;
dirs[0].count = 1;
dirs[0].dir_idx = 0;
dirs[0].used = 0;
files[1].dir_idx = 0;
ndirs = 1;
for (i = 2; i < (int) file_table.in_use; i++)
if (files[i].fname - files[i].path == dirs[ndirs - 1].length
&& memcmp (dirs[ndirs - 1].path, files[i].path,
dirs[ndirs - 1].length) == 0)
{
/* Same directory as last entry. */
files[i].dir_idx = ndirs - 1;
++dirs[ndirs - 1].count;
}
else
{
int j;
/* This is a new directory. */
dirs[ndirs].path = files[i].path;
dirs[ndirs].length = files[i].fname - files[i].path;
dirs[ndirs].count = 1;
dirs[ndirs].dir_idx = ndirs;
dirs[ndirs].used = 0;
files[i].dir_idx = ndirs;
/* Search for a prefix. */
dirs[ndirs].prefix = -1;
for (j = 0; j < ndirs; j++)
if (dirs[j].length < dirs[ndirs].length
&& dirs[j].length > 1
&& (dirs[ndirs].prefix == -1
|| dirs[j].length > dirs[dirs[ndirs].prefix].length)
&& memcmp (dirs[j].path, dirs[ndirs].path, dirs[j].length) == 0)
dirs[ndirs].prefix = j;
++ndirs;
}
/* Now to the actual work. We have to find a subset of the directories which
allow expressing the file name using references to the directory table
with the least amount of characters. We do not do an exhaustive search
where we would have to check out every combination of every single
possible prefix. Instead we use a heuristic which provides nearly optimal
results in most cases and never is much off. */
saved = (int *) alloca (ndirs * sizeof (int));
savehere = (int *) alloca (ndirs * sizeof (int));
memset (saved, '\0', ndirs * sizeof (saved[0]));
for (i = 0; i < ndirs; i++)
{
int j;
int total;
/* We can always save some space for the current directory. But this
does not mean it will be enough to justify adding the directory. */
savehere[i] = dirs[i].length;
total = (savehere[i] - saved[i]) * dirs[i].count;
for (j = i + 1; j < ndirs; j++)
{
savehere[j] = 0;
if (saved[j] < dirs[i].length)
{
/* Determine whether the dirs[i] path is a prefix of the
dirs[j] path. */
int k;
k = dirs[j].prefix;
while (k != -1 && k != i)
k = dirs[k].prefix;
if (k == i)
{
/* Yes it is. We can possibly safe some memory but
writing the filenames in dirs[j] relative to
dirs[i]. */
savehere[j] = dirs[i].length;
total += (savehere[j] - saved[j]) * dirs[j].count;
}
}
}
/* Check whether we can safe enough to justify adding the dirs[i]
directory. */
if (total > dirs[i].length + 1)
{
/* It's worthwhile adding. */
for (j = i; j < ndirs; j++)
if (savehere[j] > 0)
{
/* Remember how much we saved for this directory so far. */
saved[j] = savehere[j];
/* Remember the prefix directory. */
dirs[j].dir_idx = i;
}
}
}
/* We have to emit them in the order they appear in the file_table array
since the index is used in the debug info generation. To do this
efficiently we generate a back-mapping of the indices first. */
backmap = (int *) alloca (file_table.in_use * sizeof (int));
for (i = 1; i < (int) file_table.in_use; i++)
{
backmap[files[i].file_idx] = i;
/* Mark this directory as used. */
dirs[dirs[files[i].dir_idx].dir_idx].used = 1;
}
/* That was it. We are ready to emit the information. First emit the
directory name table. We have to make sure the first actually emitted
directory name has index one; zero is reserved for the current working
directory. Make sure we do not confuse these indices with the one for the
constructed table (even though most of the time they are identical). */
idx = 1;
idx_offset = dirs[0].length > 0 ? 1 : 0;
for (i = 1 - idx_offset; i < ndirs; i++)
if (dirs[i].used != 0)
{
dirs[i].used = idx++;
dw2_asm_output_nstring (dirs[i].path, dirs[i].length - 1,
"Directory Entry: 0x%x", dirs[i].used);
}
dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
/* Correct the index for the current working directory entry if it
exists. */
if (idx_offset == 0)
dirs[0].used = 0;
/* Now write all the file names. */
for (i = 1; i < (int) file_table.in_use; i++)
{
int file_idx = backmap[i];
int dir_idx = dirs[files[file_idx].dir_idx].dir_idx;
dw2_asm_output_nstring (files[file_idx].path + dirs[dir_idx].length, -1,
"File Entry: 0x%x", i);
/* Include directory index. */
dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dirs[dir_idx].used, NULL);
/* Modification time. */
dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL);
/* File length in bytes. */
dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL);
}
dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
}
/* Output the source line number correspondence information. This
information goes into the .debug_line section. */
static void
output_line_info ()
{
char l1[20], l2[20], p1[20], p2[20];
char line_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
char prev_line_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
unsigned opc;
unsigned n_op_args;
unsigned long lt_index;
unsigned long current_line;
long line_offset;
long line_delta;
unsigned long current_file;
unsigned long function;
ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL, 0);
ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL, 0);
ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p1, LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL, 0);
ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p2, LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL, 0);
dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
"Length of Source Line Info");
ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION, "DWARF Version");
dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, p2, p1, "Prolog Length");
ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, p1);
/* Define the architecture-dependent minimum instruction length (in
bytes). In this implementation of DWARF, this field is used for
information purposes only. Since GCC generates assembly language,
we have no a priori knowledge of how many instruction bytes are
generated for each source line, and therefore can use only the
DW_LNE_set_address and DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc line information
commands. Accordingly, we fix this as `1', which is "correct
enough" for all architectures, and don't let the target override. */
dw2_asm_output_data (1, 1,
"Minimum Instruction Length");
dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START,
"Default is_stmt_start flag");
dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_BASE,
"Line Base Value (Special Opcodes)");
dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_RANGE,
"Line Range Value (Special Opcodes)");
dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE,
"Special Opcode Base");
for (opc = 1; opc < DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE; opc++)
{
switch (opc)
{
case DW_LNS_advance_pc:
case DW_LNS_advance_line:
case DW_LNS_set_file:
case DW_LNS_set_column:
case DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc:
n_op_args = 1;
break;
default:
n_op_args = 0;
break;
}
dw2_asm_output_data (1, n_op_args, "opcode: 0x%x has %d args",
opc, n_op_args);
}
/* Write out the information about the files we use. */
output_file_names ();
ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, p2);
/* We used to set the address register to the first location in the text
section here, but that didn't accomplish anything since we already
have a line note for the opening brace of the first function. */
/* Generate the line number to PC correspondence table, encoded as
a series of state machine operations. */
current_file = 1;
current_line = 1;
strcpy (prev_line_label, text_section_label);
for (lt_index = 1; lt_index < line_info_table_in_use; ++lt_index)
{
dw_line_info_ref line_info = &line_info_table[lt_index];
#if 0
/* Disable this optimization for now; GDB wants to see two line notes
at the beginning of a function so it can find the end of the
prologue. */
/* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. Just updating the
address doesn't accomplish anything, because we already assume
that anything after the last address is this line. */
if (line_info->dw_line_num == current_line
&& line_info->dw_file_num == current_file)
continue;
#endif
/* Emit debug info for the address of the current line.
Unfortunately, we have little choice here currently, and must always
use the most general form. GCC does not know the address delta
itself, so we can't use DW_LNS_advance_pc. Many ports do have length
attributes which will give an upper bound on the address range. We
could perhaps use length attributes to determine when it is safe to
use DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc. */
ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, LINE_CODE_LABEL, lt_index);
if (0)
{
/* This can handle deltas up to 0xffff. This takes 3 bytes. */
dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
"DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
}
else
{
/* This can handle any delta. This takes
4+DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE bytes. */
dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
}
strcpy (prev_line_label, line_label);
/* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
different from the previous line. */
if (line_info->dw_file_num != current_file)
{
current_file = line_info->dw_file_num;
dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file, "DW_LNS_set_file");
dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file, "(\"%s\")",
file_table.table[current_file]);
}
/* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
that uses the least amount of space. */
if (line_info->dw_line_num != current_line)
{
line_offset = line_info->dw_line_num - current_line;
line_delta = line_offset - DWARF_LINE_BASE;
current_line = line_info->dw_line_num;
if (line_delta >= 0 && line_delta < (DWARF_LINE_RANGE - 1))
/* This can handle deltas from -10 to 234, using the current
definitions of DWARF_LINE_BASE and DWARF_LINE_RANGE. This
takes 1 byte. */
dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE + line_delta,
"line %lu", current_line);
else
{
/* This can handle any delta. This takes at least 4 bytes,
depending on the value being encoded. */
dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line,
"advance to line %lu", current_line);
dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset, NULL);
dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
}
}
else
/* We still need to start a new row, so output a copy insn. */
dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
}
/* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
if (0)
{
dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
"DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
dw2_asm_output_delta (2, text_end_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
}
else
{
dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_end_label, NULL);
}
dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL);
dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence, NULL);
function = 0;
current_file = 1;
current_line = 1;
for (lt_index = 0; lt_index < separate_line_info_table_in_use;)
{
dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info
= &separate_line_info_table[lt_index];
#if 0
/* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. */
if (line_info->dw_line_num == current_line
&& line_info->dw_file_num == current_file
&& line_info->function == function)
goto cont;
#endif
/* Emit debug info for the address of the current line. If this is
a new function, or the first line of a function, then we need
to handle it differently. */
ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL,
lt_index);
if (function != line_info->function)
{
function = line_info->function;
/* Set the address register to the first line in the function */
dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
}
else
{
/* ??? See the DW_LNS_advance_pc comment above. */
if (0)
{
dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
"DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
}
else
{
dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
}
}
strcpy (prev_line_label, line_label);
/* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
different from the previous line. */
if (line_info->dw_file_num != current_file)
{
current_file = line_info->dw_file_num;
dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file, "DW_LNS_set_file");
dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file, "(\"%s\")",
file_table.table[current_file]);
}
/* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
that uses the least amount of space. */
if (line_info->dw_line_num != current_line)
{
line_offset = line_info->dw_line_num - current_line;
line_delta = line_offset - DWARF_LINE_BASE;
current_line = line_info->dw_line_num;
if (line_delta >= 0 && line_delta < (DWARF_LINE_RANGE - 1))
dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE + line_delta,
"line %lu", current_line);
else
{
dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line,
"advance to line %lu", current_line);
dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset, NULL);
dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
}
}
else
dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
#if 0
cont:
#endif
lt_index++;
/* If we're done with a function, end its sequence. */
if (lt_index == separate_line_info_table_in_use
|| separate_line_info_table[lt_index].function != function)
{
current_file = 1;
current_line = 1;
/* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, FUNC_END_LABEL, function);
if (0)
{
dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
"DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
}
else
{
dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
}
/* Output the marker for the end of this sequence. */
dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL);
dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence, NULL);
}
}
/* Output the marker for the end of the line number info. */
ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
}
/* Given a pointer to a tree node for some base type, return a pointer to
a DIE that describes the given type.
This routine must only be called for GCC type nodes that correspond to
Dwarf base (fundamental) types. */
static dw_die_ref
base_type_die (type)
tree type;
{
dw_die_ref base_type_result;
const char *type_name;
enum dwarf_type encoding;
tree name = TYPE_NAME (type);
if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK || TREE_CODE (type) == VOID_TYPE)
return 0;
if (name)
{
if (TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL)
name = DECL_NAME (name);
type_name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name);
}
else
type_name = "__unknown__";
switch (TREE_CODE (type))
{
case INTEGER_TYPE:
/* Carefully distinguish the C character types, without messing
up if the language is not C. Note that we check only for the names
that contain spaces; other names might occur by coincidence in other
languages. */
if (! (TYPE_PRECISION (type) == CHAR_TYPE_SIZE
&& (type == char_type_node
|| ! strcmp (type_name, "signed char")
|| ! strcmp (type_name, "unsigned char"))))
{
if (TREE_UNSIGNED (type))
encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned;
else
encoding = DW_ATE_signed;
break;
}
/* else fall through. */
case CHAR_TYPE:
/* GNU Pascal/Ada CHAR type. Not used in C. */
if (TREE_UNSIGNED (type))
encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned_char;
else
encoding = DW_ATE_signed_char;
break;
case REAL_TYPE:
encoding = DW_ATE_float;
break;
/* Dwarf2 doesn't know anything about complex ints, so use
a user defined type for it. */
case COMPLEX_TYPE:
if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type)) == REAL_TYPE)
encoding = DW_ATE_complex_float;
else
encoding = DW_ATE_lo_user;
break;
case BOOLEAN_TYPE:
/* GNU FORTRAN/Ada/C++ BOOLEAN type. */
encoding = DW_ATE_boolean;
break;
default:
/* No other TREE_CODEs are Dwarf fundamental types. */
abort ();
}
base_type_result = new_die (DW_TAG_base_type, comp_unit_die, type);
if (demangle_name_func)
type_name = (*demangle_name_func) (type_name);
add_AT_string (base_type_result, DW_AT_name, type_name);
add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result, DW_AT_byte_size,
int_size_in_bytes (type));
add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result, DW_AT_encoding, encoding);
return base_type_result;
}
/* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a pointer to
the Dwarf "root" type for the given input type. The Dwarf "root" type of
a given type is generally the same as the given type, except that if the
given type is a pointer or reference type, then the root type of the given
type is the root type of the "basis" type for the pointer or reference
type. (This definition of the "root" type is recursive.) Also, the root
type of a `const' qualified type or a `volatile' qualified type is the
root type of the given type without the qualifiers. */
static tree
root_type (type)
tree type;
{
if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK)
return error_mark_node;
switch (TREE_CODE (type))
{
case ERROR_MARK:
return error_mark_node;
case POINTER_TYPE:
case REFERENCE_TYPE:
return type_main_variant (root_type (TREE_TYPE (type)));
default:
return type_main_variant (type);
}
}
/* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return non-zero if the
given input type is a Dwarf "fundamental" type. Otherwise return null. */
static inline int
is_base_type (type)
tree type;
{
switch (TREE_CODE (type))
{
case ERROR_MARK:
case VOID_TYPE:
case INTEGER_TYPE:
case REAL_TYPE:
case COMPLEX_TYPE:
case BOOLEAN_TYPE:
case CHAR_TYPE:
return 1;
case SET_TYPE:
case ARRAY_TYPE:
case RECORD_TYPE:
case UNION_TYPE:
case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
case FUNCTION_TYPE:
case METHOD_TYPE:
case POINTER_TYPE:
case REFERENCE_TYPE:
case FILE_TYPE:
case OFFSET_TYPE:
case LANG_TYPE:
case VECTOR_TYPE:
return 0;
default:
abort ();
}
return 0;
}
/* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a debugging
entry that chains various modifiers in front of the given type. */
static dw_die_ref
modified_type_die (type, is_const_type, is_volatile_type, context_die)
tree type;
int is_const_type;
int is_volatile_type;
dw_die_ref context_die;
{
enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
dw_die_ref mod_type_die = NULL;
dw_die_ref sub_die = NULL;
tree item_type = NULL;
if (code != ERROR_MARK)
{
tree qualified_type;
/* See if we already have the appropriately qualified variant of
this type. */
qualified_type
= get_qualified_type (type,
((is_const_type ? TYPE_QUAL_CONST : 0)
| (is_volatile_type
? TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE : 0)));
/* If we do, then we can just use its DIE, if it exists. */
if (qualified_type)
{
mod_type_die = lookup_type_die (qualified_type);
if (mod_type_die)
return mod_type_die;
}
/* Handle C typedef types. */
if (qualified_type && TYPE_NAME (qualified_type)
&& TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type)) == TYPE_DECL
&& DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type)))
{
tree type_name = TYPE_NAME (qualified_type);
tree dtype = TREE_TYPE (type_name);
if (qualified_type == dtype)
{
/* For a named type, use the typedef. */
gen_type_die (qualified_type, context_die);
mod_type_die = lookup_type_die (qualified_type);
}
else if (is_const_type < TYPE_READONLY (dtype)
|| is_volatile_type < TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype))
/* cv-unqualified version of named type. Just use the unnamed
type to which it refers. */
mod_type_die
= modified_type_die (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (type_name),
is_const_type, is_volatile_type,
context_die);
/* Else cv-qualified version of named type; fall through. */
}
if (mod_type_die)
/* OK. */
;
else if (is_const_type)
{
mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_const_type, comp_unit_die, type);
sub_die = modified_type_die (type, 0, is_volatile_type, context_die);
}
else if (is_volatile_type)
{
mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_volatile_type, comp_unit_die, type);
sub_die = modified_type_die (type, 0, 0, context_die);
}
else if (code == POINTER_TYPE)
{
mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type, comp_unit_die, type);
add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size, PTR_SIZE);
#if 0
add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_address_class, 0);
#endif
item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
}
else if (code == REFERENCE_TYPE)
{
mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type, comp_unit_die, type);
add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size, PTR_SIZE);
#if 0
add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_address_class, 0);
#endif
item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
}
else if (is_base_type (type))
mod_type_die = base_type_die (type);
else
{
gen_type_die (type, context_die);
/* We have to get the type_main_variant here (and pass that to the
`lookup_type_die' routine) because the ..._TYPE node we have
might simply be a *copy* of some original type node (where the
copy was created to help us keep track of typedef names) and
that copy might have a different TYPE_UID from the original
..._TYPE node. */
mod_type_die = lookup_type_die (type_main_variant (type));
if (mod_type_die == NULL)
abort ();
}
/* We want to equate the qualified type to the die below. */
type = qualified_type;
}
if (type)
equate_type_number_to_die (type, mod_type_die);
if (item_type)
/* We must do this after the equate_type_number_to_die call, in case
this is a recursive type. This ensures that the modified_type_die
recursion will terminate even if the type is recursive. Recursive
types are possible in Ada. */
sub_die = modified_type_die (item_type,
TYPE_READONLY (item_type),
TYPE_VOLATILE (item_type),
context_die);
if (sub_die != NULL)
add_AT_die_ref (mod_type_die, DW_AT_type, sub_die);
return mod_type_die;
}
/* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return true if it is
an enumerated type. */
static inline int
type_is_enum (type)
tree type;
{
return TREE_CODE (type) == ENUMERAL_TYPE;
}
/* Return the register number described by a given RTL node. */
static unsigned int
reg_number (rtl)
rtx rtl;
{
unsigned regno = REGNO (rtl);
if (regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
abort ();
return DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (regno);
}
/* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register or
zero if there is no such. */
static dw_loc_descr_ref
reg_loc_descriptor (rtl)
rtx rtl;
{
dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result = NULL;
unsigned reg;
if (REGNO (rtl) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
return 0;
reg = reg_number (rtl);
if (reg <= 31)
loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_reg0 + reg, 0, 0);
else
loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx, reg, 0);
return loc_result;
}
/* Return a location descriptor that designates a constant. */
static dw_loc_descr_ref
int_loc_descriptor (i)
HOST_WIDE_INT i;
{
enum dwarf_location_atom op;
/* Pick the smallest representation of a constant, rather than just
defaulting to the LEB encoding. */
if (i >= 0)
{
if (i <= 31)
op = DW_OP_lit0 + i;
else if (i <= 0xff)
op = DW_OP_const1u;
else if (i <= 0xffff)
op = DW_OP_const2u;
else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
|| i <= 0xffffffff)
op = DW_OP_const4u;
else
op = DW_OP_constu;
}
else
{
if (i >= -0x80)
op = DW_OP_const1s;
else if (i >= -0x8000)
op = DW_OP_const2s;
else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
|| i >= -0x80000000)
op = DW_OP_const4s;
else
op = DW_OP_consts;
}
return new_loc_descr (op, i, 0);
}
/* Return a location descriptor that designates a base+offset location. */
static dw_loc_descr_ref
based_loc_descr (reg, offset)
unsigned reg;
long int offset;
{
dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result;
/* For the "frame base", we use the frame pointer or stack pointer
registers, since the RTL for local variables is relative to one of
them. */
unsigned fp_reg = DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (frame_pointer_needed
? HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
: STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
if (reg == fp_reg)
loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg, offset, 0);
else if (reg <= 31)
loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_breg0 + reg, offset, 0);
else
loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx, reg, offset);
return loc_result;
}
/* Return true if this RTL expression describes a base+offset calculation. */
static inline int
is_based_loc (rtl)
rtx rtl;
{
return (GET_CODE (rtl) == PLUS
&& ((GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == REG
&& REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)) == CONST_INT)));
}
/* The following routine converts the RTL for a variable or parameter
(resident in memory) into an equivalent Dwarf representation of a
mechanism for getting the address of that same variable onto the top of a
hypothetical "address evaluation" stack.
When creating memory location descriptors, we are effectively transforming
the RTL for a memory-resident object into its Dwarf postfix expression
equivalent. This routine recursively descends an RTL tree, turning
it into Dwarf postfix code as it goes.
MODE is the mode of the memory reference, needed to handle some
autoincrement addressing modes.
Return 0 if we can't represent the location. */
static dw_loc_descr_ref
mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode)
rtx rtl;
enum machine_mode mode;
{
dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_result = NULL;
/* Note that for a dynamically sized array, the location we will generate a
description of here will be the lowest numbered location which is
actually within the array. That's *not* necessarily the same as the
zeroth element of the array. */
#ifdef ASM_SIMPLIFY_DWARF_ADDR
rtl = ASM_SIMPLIFY_DWARF_ADDR (rtl);
#endif
switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
{
case POST_INC:
case POST_DEC:
case POST_MODIFY:
/* POST_INC and POST_DEC can be handled just like a SUBREG. So we
just fall into the SUBREG code. */
/* ... fall through ... */
case SUBREG:
/* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
contains the given subreg. */
rtl = SUBREG_REG (rtl);
/* ... fall through ... */
case REG:
/* Whenever a register number forms a part of the description of the
method for calculating the (dynamic) address of a memory resident
object, DWARF rules require the register number be referred to as
a "base register". This distinction is not based in any way upon
what category of register the hardware believes the given register
belongs to. This is strictly DWARF terminology we're dealing with
here. Note that in cases where the location of a memory-resident
data object could be expressed as: OP_ADD (OP_BASEREG (basereg),
OP_CONST (0)) the actual DWARF location descriptor that we generate
may just be OP_BASEREG (basereg). This may look deceptively like
the object in question was allocated to a register (rather than in
memory) so DWARF consumers need to be aware of the subtle
distinction between OP_REG and OP_BASEREG. */
if (REGNO (rtl) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
mem_loc_result = based_loc_descr (reg_number (rtl), 0);
break;
case MEM:
mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), GET_MODE (rtl));
if (mem_loc_result != 0)
add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0));
break;
case LABEL_REF:
/* Some ports can transform a symbol ref into a label ref, because
the symbol ref is too far away and has to be dumped into a constant
pool. */
case CONST:
case SYMBOL_REF:
/* Alternatively, the symbol in the constant pool might be referenced
by a different symbol. */
if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SYMBOL_REF && CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (rtl))
{
bool marked;
rtx tmp = get_pool_constant_mark (rtl, &marked);
if (GET_CODE (tmp) == SYMBOL_REF)
{
rtl = tmp;
if (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (tmp))
get_pool_constant_mark (tmp, &marked);
else
marked = true;
}
/* If all references to this pool constant were optimized away,
it was not output and thus we can't represent it.
FIXME: might try to use DW_OP_const_value here, though
DW_OP_piece complicates it. */
if (!marked)
return 0;
}
mem_loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
VARRAY_PUSH_RTX (used_rtx_varray, rtl);
break;
case PRE_MODIFY:
/* Extract the PLUS expression nested inside and fall into
PLUS code below. */
rtl = XEXP (rtl, 1);
goto plus;
case PRE_INC:
case PRE_DEC:
/* Turn these into a PLUS expression and fall into the PLUS code
below. */
rtl = gen_rtx_PLUS (word_mode, XEXP (rtl, 0),
GEN_INT (GET_CODE (rtl) == PRE_INC
? GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode)
: -GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode)));
/* ... fall through ... */
case PLUS:
plus:
if (is_based_loc (rtl))
mem_loc_result = based_loc_descr (reg_number (XEXP (rtl, 0)),
INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)));
else
{
mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode);
if (mem_loc_result == 0)
break;
if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)) == CONST_INT
&& INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)) >= 0)
add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst,
INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)), 0));
else
{
add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode));
add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
}
}
break;
case MULT:
{
/* If a pseudo-reg is optimized away, it is possible for it to
be replaced with a MEM containing a multiply. */
dw_loc_descr_ref op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode);
dw_loc_descr_ref op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode);
if (op0 == 0 || op1 == 0)
break;
mem_loc_result = op0;
add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, op1);
add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul, 0, 0));
break;
}
case CONST_INT:
mem_loc_result = int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (rtl));
break;
case ADDRESSOF:
/* If this is a MEM, return its address. Otherwise, we can't
represent this. */
if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == MEM)
return mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (XEXP (rtl, 0), 0), mode);
else
return 0;
default:
abort ();
}
return mem_loc_result;
}
/* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of two locations.
This is typically a complex variable. */
static dw_loc_descr_ref
concat_loc_descriptor (x0, x1)
rtx x0, x1;
{
dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result = NULL;
dw_loc_descr_ref x0_ref = loc_descriptor (x0);
dw_loc_descr_ref x1_ref = loc_descriptor (x1);
if (x0_ref == 0 || x1_ref == 0)
return 0;
cc_loc_result = x0_ref;
add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result,
new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece,
GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x0)), 0));
add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, x1_ref);
add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result,
new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece,
GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x1)), 0));
return cc_loc_result;
}
/* Output a proper Dwarf location descriptor for a variable or parameter
which is either allocated in a register or in a memory location. For a
register, we just generate an OP_REG and the register number. For a
memory location we provide a Dwarf postfix expression describing how to
generate the (dynamic) address of the object onto the address stack.
If we don't know how to describe it, return 0. */
static dw_loc_descr_ref
loc_descriptor (rtl)
rtx rtl;
{
dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result = NULL;
switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
{
case SUBREG:
/* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
contains the given subreg. */
rtl = SUBREG_REG (rtl);
/* ... fall through ... */
case REG:
loc_result = reg_loc_descriptor (rtl);
break;
case MEM:
loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), GET_MODE (rtl));
break;
case CONCAT:
loc_result = concat_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), XEXP (rtl, 1));
break;
default:
abort ();
}
return loc_result;
}
/* Similar, but generate the descriptor from trees instead of rtl. This comes
up particularly with variable length arrays. If ADDRESSP is nonzero, we are
looking for an address. Otherwise, we return a value. If we can't make a
descriptor, return 0. */
static dw_loc_descr_ref
loc_descriptor_from_tree (loc, addressp)
tree loc;
int addressp;
{
dw_loc_descr_ref ret, ret1;
int indirect_p = 0;
int unsignedp = TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc));
enum dwarf_location_atom op;
/* ??? Most of the time we do not take proper care for sign/zero
extending the values properly. Hopefully this won't be a real
problem... */
switch (TREE_CODE (loc))
{
case ERROR_MARK:
return 0;
case WITH_RECORD_EXPR:
case PLACEHOLDER_EXPR:
/* This case involves extracting fields from an object to determine the
position of other fields. We don't try to encode this here. The
only user of this is Ada, which encodes the needed information using
the names of types. */
return 0;
case CALL_EXPR:
return 0;
case ADDR_EXPR:
/* We can support this only if we can look through conversions and
find an INDIRECT_EXPR. */
for (loc = TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0);
TREE_CODE (loc) == CONVERT_EXPR || TREE_CODE (loc) == NOP_EXPR
|| TREE_CODE (loc) == NON_LVALUE_EXPR
|| TREE_CODE (loc) == VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
|| TREE_CODE (loc) == SAVE_EXPR;
loc = TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))
;
return (TREE_CODE (loc) == INDIRECT_REF
? loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), addressp)
: 0);
case VAR_DECL:
case PARM_DECL:
{
rtx rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (loc);
if (rtl == NULL_RTX)
return 0;
else if (CONSTANT_P (rtl))
{
ret = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
indirect_p = 1;
}
else
{
enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
if (GET_CODE (rtl) == MEM)
{
indirect_p = 1;
rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
}
ret = mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode);
}
}
break;
case INDIRECT_REF:
ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
indirect_p = 1;
break;
case COMPOUND_EXPR:
return loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), addressp);
case NOP_EXPR:
case CONVERT_EXPR:
case NON_LVALUE_EXPR:
case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
case SAVE_EXPR:
return loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), addressp);
case COMPONENT_REF:
case BIT_FIELD_REF:
case ARRAY_REF:
case ARRAY_RANGE_REF:
{
tree obj, offset;
HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, bitpos, bytepos;
enum machine_mode mode;
int volatilep;
obj = get_inner_reference (loc, &bitsize, &bitpos, &offset, &mode,
&unsignedp, &volatilep);
if (obj == loc)
return 0;
ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree (obj, 1);
if (ret == 0
|| bitpos % BITS_PER_UNIT != 0 || bitsize % BITS_PER_UNIT != 0)
return 0;
if (offset != NULL_TREE)
{
/* Variable offset. */
add_loc_descr (&ret, loc_descriptor_from_tree (offset, 0));
add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
}
if (!addressp)
indirect_p = 1;
bytepos = bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT;
if (bytepos > 0)
add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, bytepos, 0));
else if (bytepos < 0)
{
add_loc_descr (&ret, int_loc_descriptor (bytepos));
add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
}
break;
}
case INTEGER_CST:
if (host_integerp (loc, 0))
ret = int_loc_descriptor (tree_low_cst (loc, 0));
else
return 0;
break;
case TRUTH_AND_EXPR:
case TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR:
case BIT_AND_EXPR:
op = DW_OP_and;
goto do_binop;
case TRUTH_XOR_EXPR:
case BIT_XOR_EXPR:
op = DW_OP_xor;
goto do_binop;
case TRUTH_OR_EXPR:
case TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR:
case BIT_IOR_EXPR:
op = DW_OP_or;
goto do_binop;
case TRUNC_DIV_EXPR:
op = DW_OP_div;
goto do_binop;
case MINUS_EXPR:
op = DW_OP_minus;
goto do_binop;
case TRUNC_MOD_EXPR:
op = DW_OP_mod;
goto do_binop;
case MULT_EXPR:
op = DW_OP_mul;
goto do_binop;
case LSHIFT_EXPR:
op = DW_OP_shl;
goto do_binop;
case RSHIFT_EXPR:
op = (unsignedp ? DW_OP_shr : DW_OP_shra);
goto do_binop;
case PLUS_EXPR:
if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1)) == INTEGER_CST
&& host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0))
{
ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
if (ret == 0)
return 0;
add_loc_descr (&ret,
new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst,
tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1),
0),
0));
break;
}
op = DW_OP_plus;
goto do_binop;
case LE_EXPR:
if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
return 0;
op = DW_OP_le;
goto do_binop;
case GE_EXPR:
if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
return 0;
op = DW_OP_ge;
goto do_binop;
case LT_EXPR:
if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
return 0;
op = DW_OP_lt;
goto do_binop;
case GT_EXPR:
if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
return 0;
op = DW_OP_gt;
goto do_binop;
case EQ_EXPR:
op = DW_OP_eq;
goto do_binop;
case NE_EXPR:
op = DW_OP_ne;
goto do_binop;
do_binop:
ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
ret1 = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0);
if (ret == 0 || ret1 == 0)
return 0;
add_loc_descr (&ret, ret1);
add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
break;
case TRUTH_NOT_EXPR:
case BIT_NOT_EXPR:
op = DW_OP_not;
goto do_unop;
case ABS_EXPR:
op = DW_OP_abs;
goto do_unop;
case NEGATE_EXPR:
op = DW_OP_neg;
goto do_unop;
do_unop:
ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
if (ret == 0)
return 0;
add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
break;
case MAX_EXPR:
loc = build (COND_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (loc),
build (LT_EXPR, integer_type_node,
TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1)),
TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0));
/* ... fall through ... */
case COND_EXPR:
{
dw_loc_descr_ref lhs
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0);
dw_loc_descr_ref rhs
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 2), 0);
dw_loc_descr_ref bra_node, jump_node, tmp;
ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
if (ret == 0 || lhs == 0 || rhs == 0)
return 0;
bra_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra, 0, 0);
add_loc_descr (&ret, bra_node);
add_loc_descr (&ret, rhs);
jump_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_skip, 0, 0);
add_loc_descr (&ret, jump_node);
add_loc_descr (&ret, lhs);
bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = lhs;
/* ??? Need a node to point the skip at. Use a nop. */
tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_nop, 0, 0);
add_loc_descr (&ret, tmp);
jump_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
jump_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = tmp;
}
break;
default:
abort ();
}
/* Show if we can't fill the request for an address. */
if (addressp && indirect_p == 0)
return 0;
/* If we've got an address and don't want one, dereference. */
if (!addressp && indirect_p > 0)
{
HOST_WIDE_INT size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc));
if (size > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE || size == -1)
return 0;
else if (size == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
op = DW_OP_deref;
else
op = DW_OP_deref_size;
add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (op, size, 0));
}
return ret;
}
/* Given a value, round it up to the lowest multiple of `boundary'
which is not less than the value itself. */
static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
ceiling (value, boundary)
HOST_WIDE_INT value;
unsigned int boundary;
{
return (((value + boundary - 1) / boundary) * boundary);
}
/* Given a pointer to what is assumed to be a FIELD_DECL node, return a
pointer to the declared type for the relevant field variable, or return
`integer_type_node' if the given node turns out to be an
ERROR_MARK node. */
static inline tree
field_type (decl)
tree decl;
{
tree type;
if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
return integer_type_node;
type = DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl);
if (type == NULL_TREE)
type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
return type;
}
/* Given a pointer to a tree node, return the alignment in bits for
it, or else return BITS_PER_WORD if the node actually turns out to
be an ERROR_MARK node. */
static inline unsigned
simple_type_align_in_bits (type)
tree type;
{
return (TREE_CODE (type) != ERROR_MARK) ? TYPE_ALIGN (type) : BITS_PER_WORD;
}
static inline unsigned
simple_field_decl_align_in_bits (field)
tree field;
{
unsigned align;
if (TREE_CODE (field) == ERROR_MARK)
return BITS_PER_WORD;
align = DECL_ALIGN (field);
#ifdef BIGGEST_FIELD_ALIGNMENT
/* Some targets (i.e. i386) limit union field alignment
to a lower boundary than alignment of variables unless
it was overridden by attribute aligned. */
if (! DECL_USER_ALIGN (field))
align = MIN (align, (unsigned) BIGGEST_FIELD_ALIGNMENT);
#endif
#ifdef ADJUST_FIELD_ALIGN
align = ADJUST_FIELD_ALIGN (field, align);
#endif
return align;
}
/* Given a pointer to a tree node, assumed to be some kind of a ..._TYPE
node, return the size in bits for the type if it is a constant, or else
return the alignment for the type if the type's size is not constant, or
else return BITS_PER_WORD if the type actually turns out to be an
ERROR_MARK node. */
static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
simple_type_size_in_bits (type)
tree type;
{
if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK)
return BITS_PER_WORD;
else if (TYPE_SIZE (type) == NULL_TREE)
return 0;
else if (host_integerp (TYPE_SIZE (type), 1))
return tree_low_cst (TYPE_SIZE (type), 1);
else
return TYPE_ALIGN (type);
}
/* Given a pointer to a FIELD_DECL, compute and return the byte offset of the
lowest addressed byte of the "containing object" for the given FIELD_DECL,
or return 0 if we are unable to determine what that offset is, either
because the argument turns out to be a pointer to an ERROR_MARK node, or
because the offset is actually variable. (We can't handle the latter case
just yet). */
static HOST_WIDE_INT
field_byte_offset (decl)
tree decl;
{
unsigned int type_align_in_bits;
unsigned int decl_align_in_bits;
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT type_size_in_bits;
HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bits;
tree type;
tree field_size_tree;
HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int;
HOST_WIDE_INT deepest_bitpos;
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT field_size_in_bits;
if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
return 0;
else if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FIELD_DECL)
abort ();
type = field_type (decl);
field_size_tree = DECL_SIZE (decl);
/* The size could be unspecified if there was an error, or for
a flexible array member. */
if (! field_size_tree)
field_size_tree = bitsize_zero_node;
/* We cannot yet cope with fields whose positions are variable, so
for now, when we see such things, we simply return 0. Someday, we may
be able to handle such cases, but it will be damn difficult. */
if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl), 0))
return 0;
bitpos_int = int_bit_position (decl);
/* If we don't know the size of the field, pretend it's a full word. */
if (host_integerp (field_size_tree, 1))
field_size_in_bits = tree_low_cst (field_size_tree, 1);
else
field_size_in_bits = BITS_PER_WORD;
type_size_in_bits = simple_type_size_in_bits (type);
type_align_in_bits = simple_type_align_in_bits (type);
decl_align_in_bits = simple_field_decl_align_in_bits (decl);
/* The GCC front-end doesn't make any attempt to keep track of the starting
bit offset (relative to the start of the containing structure type) of the
hypothetical "containing object" for a bit-field. Thus, when computing
the byte offset value for the start of the "containing object" of a
bit-field, we must deduce this information on our own. This can be rather
tricky to do in some cases. For example, handling the following structure
type definition when compiling for an i386/i486 target (which only aligns
long long's to 32-bit boundaries) can be very tricky:
struct S { int field1; long long field2:31; };
Fortunately, there is a simple rule-of-thumb which can be used in such
cases. When compiling for an i386/i486, GCC will allocate 8 bytes for the
structure shown above. It decides to do this based upon one simple rule
for bit-field allocation. GCC allocates each "containing object" for each
bit-field at the first (i.e. lowest addressed) legitimate alignment
boundary (based upon the required minimum alignment for the declared type
of the field) which it can possibly use, subject to the condition that
there is still enough available space remaining in the containing object
(when allocated at the selected point) to fully accommodate all of the
bits of the bit-field itself.
This simple rule makes it obvious why GCC allocates 8 bytes for each
object of the structure type shown above. When looking for a place to
allocate the "containing object" for `field2', the compiler simply tries
to allocate a 64-bit "containing object" at each successive 32-bit
boundary (starting at zero) until it finds a place to allocate that 64-
bit field such that at least 31 contiguous (and previously unallocated)
bits remain within that selected 64 bit field. (As it turns out, for the
example above, the compiler finds it is OK to allocate the "containing
object" 64-bit field at bit-offset zero within the structure type.)
Here we attempt to work backwards from the limited set of facts we're
given, and we try to deduce from those facts, where GCC must have believed
that the containing object started (within the structure type). The value
we deduce is then used (by the callers of this routine) to generate
DW_AT_location and DW_AT_bit_offset attributes for fields (both bit-fields
and, in the case of DW_AT_location, regular fields as well). */
/* Figure out the bit-distance from the start of the structure to the
"deepest" bit of the bit-field. */
deepest_bitpos = bitpos_int + field_size_in_bits;
/* This is the tricky part. Use some fancy footwork to deduce where the
lowest addressed bit of the containing object must be. */
object_offset_in_bits = deepest_bitpos - type_size_in_bits;
/* Round up to type_align by default. This works best for bitfields. */
object_offset_in_bits += type_align_in_bits - 1;
object_offset_in_bits /= type_align_in_bits;
object_offset_in_bits *= type_align_in_bits;
if (object_offset_in_bits > bitpos_int)
{
/* Sigh, the decl must be packed. */
object_offset_in_bits = deepest_bitpos - type_size_in_bits;
/* Round up to decl_align instead. */
object_offset_in_bits += decl_align_in_bits - 1;
object_offset_in_bits /= decl_align_in_bits;
object_offset_in_bits *= decl_align_in_bits;
}
return object_offset_in_bits / BITS_PER_UNIT;
}
/* The following routines define various Dwarf attributes and any data
associated with them. */
/* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE.
This emits location attributes suitable for whole variables and
whole parameters. Note that the location attributes for struct fields are
generated by the routine `data_member_location_attribute' below. */
static void
add_AT_location_description (die, attr_kind, rtl)
dw_die_ref die;
enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
rtx rtl;
{
dw_loc_descr_ref descr = loc_descriptor (rtl);
if (descr != 0)
add_AT_loc (die, attr_kind, descr);
}
/* Attach the specialized form of location attribute used for data members of
struct and union types. In the special case of a FIELD_DECL node which
represents a bit-field, the "offset" part of this special location
descriptor must indicate the distance in bytes from the lowest-addressed
byte of the containing struct or union type to the lowest-addressed byte of
the "containing object" for the bit-field. (See the `field_byte_offset'
function above).
For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
(of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
declared type of the individual bit-field itself (for GCC anyway... the
DWARF spec doesn't actually mandate this). Note that it is the size (in
bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object" which will be given in the
DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field. (See the
`byte_size_attribute' function below.) It is also used when calculating the
value of the DW_AT_bit_offset attribute. (See the `bit_offset_attribute'
function below.) */
static void
add_data_member_location_attribute (die, decl)
dw_die_ref die;
tree decl;
{
long offset;
dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descr = 0;
if (TREE_CODE (decl) == TREE_VEC)
{
/* We're working on the TAG_inheritance for a base class. */
if (TREE_VIA_VIRTUAL (decl) && is_cxx ())
{
/* For C++ virtual bases we can't just use BINFO_OFFSET, as they
aren't at a fixed offset from all (sub)objects of the same
type. We need to extract the appropriate offset from our
vtable. The following dwarf expression means
BaseAddr = ObAddr + *((*ObAddr) - Offset)
This is specific to the V3 ABI, of course. */
dw_loc_descr_ref tmp;
/* Make a copy of the object address. */
tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup, 0, 0);
add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
/* Extract the vtable address. */
tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
/* Calculate the address of the offset. */
offset = tree_low_cst (BINFO_VPTR_FIELD (decl), 0);
if (offset >= 0)
abort ();
tmp = int_loc_descriptor (-offset);
add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus, 0, 0);
add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
/* Extract the offset. */
tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
/* Add it to the object address. */
tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0);
add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
}
else
offset = tree_low_cst (BINFO_OFFSET (decl), 0);
}
else
offset = field_byte_offset (decl);
if (! loc_descr)
{
enum dwarf_location_atom op;
/* The DWARF2 standard says that we should assume that the structure
address is already on the stack, so we can specify a structure field
address by using DW_OP_plus_uconst. */
#ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
/* ??? The SGI dwarf reader does not handle the DW_OP_plus_uconst
operator correctly. It works only if we leave the offset on the
stack. */
op = DW_OP_constu;
#else
op = DW_OP_plus_uconst;
#endif
loc_descr = new_loc_descr (op, offset, 0);
}
add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_data_member_location, loc_descr);
}
/* Attach an DW_AT_const_value attribute for a variable or a parameter which
does not have a "location" either in memory or in a register. These
things can arise in GNU C when a constant is passed as an actual parameter
to an inlined function. They can also arise in C++ where declared
constants do not necessarily get memory "homes". */
static void
add_const_value_attribute (die, rtl)
dw_die_ref die;
rtx rtl;
{
switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
{
case CONST_INT:
/* Note that a CONST_INT rtx could represent either an integer
or a floating-point constant. A CONST_INT is used whenever
the constant will fit into a single word. In all such
cases, the original mode of the constant value is wiped
out, and the CONST_INT rtx is assigned VOIDmode. */
{
HOST_WIDE_INT val = INTVAL (rtl);
/* ??? We really should be using HOST_WIDE_INT throughout. */
if (val < 0 && (long) val == val)
add_AT_int (die, DW_AT_const_value, (long) val);
else if ((unsigned long) val == (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) val)
add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_const_value, (unsigned long) val);
else
{
#if HOST_BITS_PER_LONG * 2 == HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
add_AT_long_long (die, DW_AT_const_value,
val >> HOST_BITS_PER_LONG, val);
#else
abort ();
#endif
}
}
break;
case CONST_DOUBLE:
/* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer or a
floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever the
constant requires more than one word in order to be adequately
represented. We output CONST_DOUBLEs as blocks. */
{
enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_FLOAT)
{
unsigned length = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) / 4;
long *array = (long *) xmalloc (sizeof (long) * length);
REAL_VALUE_TYPE rv;
REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (rv, rtl);
switch (mode)
{
case SFmode:
REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_SINGLE (rv, array[0]);
break;
case DFmode:
REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_DOUBLE (rv, array);
break;
case XFmode:
case TFmode:
REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_LONG_DOUBLE (rv, array);
break;
default:
abort ();
}
add_AT_float (die, DW_AT_const_value, length, array);
}
else
{
/* ??? We really should be using HOST_WIDE_INT throughout. */
if (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG != HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
abort ();
add_AT_long_long (die, DW_AT_const_value,
CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (rtl), CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (rtl));
}
}
break;
case CONST_STRING:
add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_const_value, XSTR (rtl, 0));
break;
case SYMBOL_REF:
case LABEL_REF:
case CONST:
add_AT_addr (die, DW_AT_const_value, rtl);
VARRAY_PUSH_RTX (used_rtx_varray, rtl);
break;
case PLUS:
/* In cases where an inlined instance of an inline function is passed
the address of an `auto' variable (which is local to the caller) we
can get a situation where the DECL_RTL of the artificial local
variable (for the inlining) which acts as a stand-in for the
corresponding formal parameter (of the inline function) will look
like (plus:SI (reg:SI FRAME_PTR) (const_int ...)). This is not
exactly a compile-time constant expression, but it isn't the address
of the (artificial) local variable either. Rather, it represents the
*value* which the artificial local variable always has during its
lifetime. We currently have no way to represent such quasi-constant
values in Dwarf, so for now we just punt and generate nothing. */
break;
default:
/* No other kinds of rtx should be possible here. */
abort ();
}
}
static rtx
rtl_for_decl_location (decl)
tree decl;
{
rtx rtl;
/* Here we have to decide where we are going to say the parameter "lives"
(as far as the debugger is concerned). We only have a couple of
choices. GCC provides us with DECL_RTL and with DECL_INCOMING_RTL.
DECL_RTL normally indicates where the parameter lives during most of the
activation of the function. If optimization is enabled however, this
could be either NULL or else a pseudo-reg. Both of those cases indicate
that the parameter doesn't really live anywhere (as far as the code
generation parts of GCC are concerned) during most of the function's
activation. That will happen (for example) if the parameter is never
referenced within the function.
We could just generate a location descriptor here for all non-NULL
non-pseudo values of DECL_RTL and ignore all of the rest, but we can be
a little nicer than that if we also consider DECL_INCOMING_RTL in cases
where DECL_RTL is NULL or is a pseudo-reg.
Note however that we can only get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL as
a backup substitute for DECL_RTL in certain limited cases. In cases
where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) indicates the same type as TREE_TYPE (decl),
we can be sure that the parameter was passed using the same type as it is
declared to have within the function, and that its DECL_INCOMING_RTL
points us to a place where a value of that type is passed.
In cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) and TREE_TYPE (decl) are different,
we cannot (in general) use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a substitute for DECL_RTL
because in these cases DECL_INCOMING_RTL points us to a value of some
type which is *different* from the type of the parameter itself. Thus,
if we tried to use DECL_INCOMING_RTL to generate a location attribute in
such cases, the debugger would end up (for example) trying to fetch a
`float' from a place which actually contains the first part of a
`double'. That would lead to really incorrect and confusing
output at debug-time.
So, in general, we *do not* use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a backup for DECL_RTL
in cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) != TREE_TYPE (decl). There
are a couple of exceptions however. On little-endian machines we can
get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL even when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
not the same as TREE_TYPE (decl), but only when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
an integral type that is smaller than TREE_TYPE (decl). These cases arise
when (on a little-endian machine) a non-prototyped function has a
parameter declared to be of type `short' or `char'. In such cases,
TREE_TYPE (decl) will be `short' or `char', DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) will
be `int', and DECL_INCOMING_RTL will point to the lowest-order byte of the
passed `int' value. If the debugger then uses that address to fetch
a `short' or a `char' (on a little-endian machine) the result will be
the correct data, so we allow for such exceptional cases below.
Note that our goal here is to describe the place where the given formal
parameter lives during most of the function's activation (i.e. between the
end of the prologue and the start of the epilogue). We'll do that as best
as we can. Note however that if the given formal parameter is modified
sometime during the execution of the function, then a stack backtrace (at
debug-time) will show the function as having been called with the *new*
value rather than the value which was originally passed in. This happens
rarely enough that it is not a major problem, but it *is* a problem, and
I'd like to fix it.
A future version of dwarf2out.c may generate two additional attributes for
any given DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE which will describe the "passed
type" and the "passed location" for the given formal parameter in addition
to the attributes we now generate to indicate the "declared type" and the
"active location" for each parameter. This additional set of attributes
could be used by debuggers for stack backtraces. Separately, note that
sometimes DECL_RTL can be NULL and DECL_INCOMING_RTL can be NULL also.
This happens (for example) for inlined-instances of inline function formal
parameters which are never referenced. This really shouldn't be
happening. All PARM_DECL nodes should get valid non-NULL
DECL_INCOMING_RTL values, but integrate.c doesn't currently generate these
values for inlined instances of inline function parameters, so when we see
such cases, we are just out-of-luck for the time being (until integrate.c
gets fixed). */
/* Use DECL_RTL as the "location" unless we find something better. */
rtl = DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl);
/* When generating abstract instances, ignore everything except
constants and symbols living in memory. */
if (! reload_completed)
{
if (rtl
&& (CONSTANT_P (rtl)
|| (GET_CODE (rtl) == MEM
&& CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0)))))
{
#ifdef ASM_SIMPLIFY_DWARF_ADDR
rtl = ASM_SIMPLIFY_DWARF_ADDR (rtl);
#endif
return rtl;
}
rtl = NULL_RTX;
}
else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL)
{
if (rtl == NULL_RTX || is_pseudo_reg (rtl))
{
tree declared_type = type_main_variant (TREE_TYPE (decl));
tree passed_type = type_main_variant (DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl));
/* This decl represents a formal parameter which was optimized out.
Note that DECL_INCOMING_RTL may be NULL in here, but we handle
all cases where (rtl == NULL_RTX) just below. */
if (declared_type == passed_type)
rtl = DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl);
else if (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
&& TREE_CODE (declared_type) == INTEGER_TYPE
&& (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (declared_type))
<= GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (passed_type))))
rtl = DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl);
}
/* If the parm was passed in registers, but lives on the stack, then
make a big endian correction if the mode of the type of the
parameter is not the same as the mode of the rtl. */
/* ??? This is the same series of checks that are made in dbxout.c before
we reach the big endian correction code there. It isn't clear if all
of these checks are necessary here, but keeping them all is the safe
thing to do. */
else if (GET_CODE (rtl) == MEM
&& XEXP (rtl, 0) != const0_rtx
&& ! CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
/* Not passed in memory. */
&& GET_CODE (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl)) != MEM
/* Not passed by invisible reference. */
&& (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) != REG
|| REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
|| REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
#if ARG_POINTER_REGNUM != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
|| REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
#endif
)
/* Big endian correction check. */
&& BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
&& TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) != GET_MODE (rtl)
&& (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)))
< UNITS_PER_WORD))
{
int offset = (UNITS_PER_WORD
- GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl))));
rtl = gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
plus_constant (XEXP (rtl, 0), offset));
}
}
if (rtl != NULL_RTX)
{
rtl = eliminate_regs (rtl, 0, NULL_RTX);
#ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
if (current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs)
leaf_renumber_regs_insn (rtl);
#endif
}
/* A variable with no DECL_RTL but a DECL_INITIAL is a compile-time constant,
and will have been substituted directly into all expressions that use it.
C does not have such a concept, but C++ and other languages do. */
else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL && DECL_INITIAL (decl))
{
/* If a variable is initialized with a string constant without embedded
zeros, build CONST_STRING. */
if (TREE_CODE (DECL_INITIAL (decl)) == STRING_CST
&& TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == ARRAY_TYPE)
{
tree arrtype = TREE_TYPE (decl);
tree enttype = TREE_TYPE (arrtype);
tree domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (arrtype);
tree init = DECL_INITIAL (decl);
enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (enttype);
if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) == 1
&& domain
&& integer_zerop (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain))
&& compare_tree_int (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain),
TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init) - 1) == 0
&& ((size_t) TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init)
== strlen (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init)) + 1))
rtl = gen_rtx_CONST_STRING (VOIDmode, TREE_STRING_POINTER (init));
}
/* If the initializer is something that we know will expand into an
immediate RTL constant, expand it now. Expanding anything else
tends to produce unresolved symbols; see debug/5770 and c++/6381. */
else if (TREE_CODE (DECL_INITIAL (decl)) == INTEGER_CST
|| TREE_CODE (DECL_INITIAL (decl)) == REAL_CST)
{
rtl = expand_expr (DECL_INITIAL (decl), NULL_RTX, VOIDmode,
EXPAND_INITIALIZER);
/* If expand_expr returns a MEM, it wasn't immediate. */
if (rtl && GET_CODE (rtl) == MEM)
abort ();
}
}
#ifdef ASM_SIMPLIFY_DWARF_ADDR
if (rtl)
rtl = ASM_SIMPLIFY_DWARF_ADDR (rtl);
#endif
return rtl;
}
/* Generate *either* an DW_AT_location attribute or else an DW_AT_const_value
data attribute for a variable or a parameter. We generate the
DW_AT_const_value attribute only in those cases where the given variable
or parameter does not have a true "location" either in memory or in a
register. This can happen (for example) when a constant is passed as an
actual argument in a call to an inline function. (It's possible that
these things can crop up in other ways also.) Note that one type of
constant value which can be passed into an inlined function is a constant
pointer. This can happen for example if an actual argument in an inlined
function call evaluates to a compile-time constant address. */
static void
add_location_or_const_value_attribute (die, decl)
dw_die_ref die;
tree decl;
{
rtx rtl;
if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
return;
else if (TREE_CODE (decl) != VAR_DECL && TREE_CODE (decl) != PARM_DECL)
abort ();
rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (decl);
if (rtl == NULL_RTX)
return;
/* If we don't look past the constant pool, we risk emitting a
reference to a constant pool entry that isn't referenced from
code, and thus is not emitted. */
rtl = avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl);
switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
{
case ADDRESSOF:
/* The address of a variable that was optimized away; don't emit
anything. */
break;
case CONST_INT:
case CONST_DOUBLE:
case CONST_STRING:
case SYMBOL_REF:
case LABEL_REF:
case CONST:
case PLUS:
/* DECL_RTL could be (plus (reg ...) (const_int ...)) */
add_const_value_attribute (die, rtl);
break;
case MEM:
case REG:
case SUBREG:
case CONCAT:
add_AT_location_description (die, DW_AT_location, rtl);
break;
default:
abort ();
}
}
/* If we don't have a copy of this variable in memory for some reason (such
as a C++ member constant that doesn't have an out-of-line definition),
we should tell the debugger about the constant value. */
static void
tree_add_const_value_attribute (var_die, decl)
dw_die_ref var_die;
tree decl;
{
tree init = DECL_INITIAL (decl);
tree type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
if (TREE_READONLY (decl) && ! TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl) && init
&& initializer_constant_valid_p (init, type) == null_pointer_node)
/* OK */;
else
return;
switch (TREE_CODE (type))
{
case INTEGER_TYPE:
if (host_integerp (init, 0))
add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_const_value,
tree_low_cst (init, 0));
else
add_AT_long_long (var_die, DW_AT_const_value,
TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (init),
TREE_INT_CST_LOW (init));
break;
default:;
}
}
/* Generate an DW_AT_name attribute given some string value to be included as
the value of the attribute. */
static inline void
add_name_attribute (die, name_string)
dw_die_ref die;
const char *name_string;
{
if (name_string != NULL && *name_string != 0)
{
if (demangle_name_func)
name_string = (*demangle_name_func) (name_string);
add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_name, name_string);
}
}
/* Given a tree node describing an array bound (either lower or upper) output
a representation for that bound. */
static void
add_bound_info (subrange_die, bound_attr, bound)
dw_die_ref subrange_die;
enum dwarf_attribute bound_attr;
tree bound;
{
switch (TREE_CODE (bound))
{
case ERROR_MARK:
return;
/* All fixed-bounds are represented by INTEGER_CST nodes. */
case INTEGER_CST:
if (! host_integerp (bound, 0)
|| (bound_attr == DW_AT_lower_bound
&& (((is_c_family () || is_java ()) && integer_zerop (bound))
|| (is_fortran () && integer_onep (bound)))))
/* use the default */
;
else
add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die, bound_attr, tree_low_cst (bound, 0));
break;
case CONVERT_EXPR:
case NOP_EXPR:
case NON_LVALUE_EXPR:
case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
add_bound_info (subrange_die, bound_attr, TREE_OPERAND (bound, 0));
break;
case SAVE_EXPR:
/* If optimization is turned on, the SAVE_EXPRs that describe how to
access the upper bound values may be bogus. If they refer to a
register, they may only describe how to get at these values at the
points in the generated code right after they have just been
computed. Worse yet, in the typical case, the upper bound values
will not even *be* computed in the optimized code (though the
number of elements will), so these SAVE_EXPRs are entirely
bogus. In order to compensate for this fact, we check here to see
if optimization is enabled, and if so, we don't add an attribute
for the (unknown and unknowable) upper bound. This should not
cause too much trouble for existing (stupid?) debuggers because
they have to deal with empty upper bounds location descriptions
anyway in order to be able to deal with incomplete array types.
Of course an intelligent debugger (GDB?) should be able to
comprehend that a missing upper bound specification in an array
type used for a storage class `auto' local array variable
indicates that the upper bound is both unknown (at compile- time)
and unknowable (at run-time) due to optimization.
We assume that a MEM rtx is safe because gcc wouldn't put the
value there unless it was going to be used repeatedly in the
function, i.e. for cleanups. */
if (SAVE_EXPR_RTL (bound)
&& (! optimize || GET_CODE (SAVE_EXPR_RTL (bound)) == MEM))
{
dw_die_ref ctx = lookup_decl_die (current_function_decl);
dw_die_ref decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, ctx, bound);
rtx loc = SAVE_EXPR_RTL (bound);
/* If the RTL for the SAVE_EXPR is memory, handle the case where
it references an outer function's frame. */
if (GET_CODE (loc) == MEM)
{
rtx new_addr = fix_lexical_addr (XEXP (loc, 0), bound);
if (XEXP (loc, 0) != new_addr)
loc = gen_rtx_MEM (GET_MODE (loc), new_addr);
}
add_AT_flag (decl_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
add_type_attribute (decl_die, TREE_TYPE (bound), 1, 0, ctx);
add_AT_location_description (decl_die, DW_AT_location, loc);
add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die, bound_attr, decl_die);
}
/* Else leave out the attribute. */
break;
case VAR_DECL:
case PARM_DECL:
{
dw_die_ref decl_die = lookup_decl_die (bound);
/* ??? Can this happen, or should the variable have been bound
first? Probably it can, since I imagine that we try to create
the types of parameters in the order in which they exist in
the list, and won't have created a forward reference to a
later parameter. */
if (decl_die != NULL)
add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die, bound_attr, decl_die);
break;
}
default:
{
/* Otherwise try to create a stack operation procedure to
evaluate the value of the array bound. */
dw_die_ref ctx, decl_die;
dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
loc = loc_descriptor_from_tree (bound, 0);
if (loc == NULL)
break;
if (current_function_decl == 0)
ctx = comp_unit_die;
else
ctx = lookup_decl_die (current_function_decl);
/* If we weren't able to find a context, it's most likely the case
that we are processing the return type of the function. So
make a SAVE_EXPR to point to it and have the limbo DIE code
find the proper die. The save_expr function doesn't always
make a SAVE_EXPR, so do it ourselves. */
if (ctx == 0)
bound = build (SAVE_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (bound), bound,
current_function_decl, NULL_TREE);
decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, ctx, bound);
add_AT_flag (decl_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
add_type_attribute (decl_die, TREE_TYPE (bound), 1, 0, ctx);
add_AT_loc (decl_die, DW_AT_location, loc);
add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die, bound_attr, decl_die);
break;
}
}
}
/* Note that the block of subscript information for an array type also
includes information about the element type of type given array type. */
static void
add_subscript_info (type_die, type)
dw_die_ref type_die;
tree type;
{
#ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
unsigned dimension_number;
#endif
tree lower, upper;
dw_die_ref subrange_die;
/* The GNU compilers represent multidimensional array types as sequences of
one dimensional array types whose element types are themselves array
types. Here we squish that down, so that each multidimensional array
type gets only one array_type DIE in the Dwarf debugging info. The draft
Dwarf specification say that we are allowed to do this kind of
compression in C (because there is no difference between an array or
arrays and a multidimensional array in C) but for other source languages
(e.g. Ada) we probably shouldn't do this. */
/* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for multidimensional arrays with a
const enum type. E.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10].
We work around this by disabling this feature. See also
gen_array_type_die. */
#ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
for (dimension_number = 0;
TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE;
type = TREE_TYPE (type), dimension_number++)
#endif
{
tree domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (type);
/* Arrays come in three flavors: Unspecified bounds, fixed bounds,
and (in GNU C only) variable bounds. Handle all three forms
here. */
subrange_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type, type_die, NULL);
if (domain)
{
/* We have an array type with specified bounds. */
lower = TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain);
upper = TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain);
/* define the index type. */
if (TREE_TYPE (domain))
{
/* ??? This is probably an Ada unnamed subrange type. Ignore the
TREE_TYPE field. We can't emit debug info for this
because it is an unnamed integral type. */
if (TREE_CODE (domain) == INTEGER_TYPE
&& TYPE_NAME (domain) == NULL_TREE
&& TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (domain)) == INTEGER_TYPE
&& TYPE_NAME (TREE_TYPE (domain)) == NULL_TREE)
;
else
add_type_attribute (subrange_die, TREE_TYPE (domain), 0, 0,
type_die);
}
/* ??? If upper is NULL, the array has unspecified length,
but it does have a lower bound. This happens with Fortran
dimension arr(N:*)
Since the debugger is definitely going to need to know N
to produce useful results, go ahead and output the lower
bound solo, and hope the debugger can cope. */
add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_lower_bound, lower);
if (upper)
add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_upper_bound, upper);
}
/* Otherwise we have an array type with an unspecified length. The
DWARF-2 spec does not say how to handle this; let's just leave out the
bounds. */
}
}
static void
add_byte_size_attribute (die, tree_node)
dw_die_ref die;
tree tree_node;
{
unsigned size;
switch (TREE_CODE (tree_node))
{
case ERROR_MARK:
size = 0;
break;
case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
case RECORD_TYPE:
case UNION_TYPE:
case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
size = int_size_in_bytes (tree_node);
break;
case FIELD_DECL:
/* For a data member of a struct or union, the DW_AT_byte_size is
generally given as the number of bytes normally allocated for an
object of the *declared* type of the member itself. This is true
even for bit-fields. */
size = simple_type_size_in_bits (field_type (tree_node)) / BITS_PER_UNIT;
break;
default:
abort ();
}
/* Note that `size' might be -1 when we get to this point. If it is, that
indicates that the byte size of the entity in question is variable. We
have no good way of expressing this fact in Dwarf at the present time,
so just let the -1 pass on through. */
add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_byte_size, size);
}
/* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit-field, output an attribute
which specifies the distance in bits from the highest order bit of the
"containing object" for the bit-field to the highest order bit of the
bit-field itself.
For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
(of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
declared type of the individual bit-field itself. The determination of the
exact location of the "containing object" for a bit-field is rather
complicated. It's handled by the `field_byte_offset' function (above).
Note that it is the size (in bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object"
which will be given in the DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field.
(See `byte_size_attribute' above). */
static inline void
add_bit_offset_attribute (die, decl)
dw_die_ref die;
tree decl;
{
HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bytes = field_byte_offset (decl);
tree type = DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl);
HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int;
HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_object_bit_offset;
HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_field_bit_offset;
HOST_WIDE_INT unsigned bit_offset;
/* Must be a field and a bit field. */
if (!type
|| TREE_CODE (decl) != FIELD_DECL)
abort ();
/* We can't yet handle bit-fields whose offsets are variable, so if we
encounter such things, just return without generating any attribute
whatsoever. Likewise for variable or too large size. */
if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl), 0)
|| ! host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1))
return;
bitpos_int = int_bit_position (decl);
/* Note that the bit offset is always the distance (in bits) from the
highest-order bit of the "containing object" to the highest-order bit of
the bit-field itself. Since the "high-order end" of any object or field
is different on big-endian and little-endian machines, the computation
below must take account of these differences. */
highest_order_object_bit_offset = object_offset_in_bytes * BITS_PER_UNIT;
highest_order_field_bit_offset = bitpos_int;
if (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
{
highest_order_field_bit_offset += tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl), 0);
highest_order_object_bit_offset += simple_type_size_in_bits (type);
}
bit_offset
= (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
? highest_order_object_bit_offset - highest_order_field_bit_offset
: highest_order_field_bit_offset - highest_order_object_bit_offset);
add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_bit_offset, bit_offset);
}
/* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit field, output an attribute
which specifies the length in bits of the given field. */
static inline void
add_bit_size_attribute (die, decl)
dw_die_ref die;
tree decl;
{
/* Must be a field and a bit field. */
if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FIELD_DECL
|| ! DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl))
abort ();
if (host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1))
add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_bit_size, tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1));
}
/* If the compiled language is ANSI C, then add a 'prototyped'
attribute, if arg types are given for the parameters of a function. */
static inline void
add_prototyped_attribute (die, func_type)
dw_die_ref die;
tree func_type;
{
if (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language) == DW_LANG_C89
&& TYPE_ARG_TYPES (func_type) != NULL)
add_AT_flag (die, DW_AT_prototyped, 1);
}
/* Add an 'abstract_origin' attribute below a given DIE. The DIE is found
by looking in either the type declaration or object declaration
equate table. */
static inline void
add_abstract_origin_attribute (die, origin)
dw_die_ref die;
tree origin;
{
dw_die_ref origin_die = NULL;
if (TREE_CODE (origin) != FUNCTION_DECL)
{
/* We may have gotten separated from the block for the inlined
function, if we're in an exception handler or some such; make
sure that the abstract function has been written out.
Doing this for nested functions is wrong, however; functions are
distinct units, and our context might not even be inline. */
tree fn = origin;
if (TYPE_P (fn))
fn = TYPE_STUB_DECL (fn);
fn = decl_function_context (fn);
if (fn)
dwarf2out_abstract_function (fn);
}
if (DECL_P (origin))
origin_die = lookup_decl_die (origin);
else if (TYPE_P (origin))
origin_die = lookup_type_die (origin);
if (origin_die == NULL)
abort ();
add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin, origin_die);
}
/* We do not currently support the pure_virtual attribute. */
static inline void
add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (die, func_decl)
dw_die_ref die;
tree func_decl;
{
if (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl))
{
add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_virtuality, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual);
if (host_integerp (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl), 0))
add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_vtable_elem_location,
new_loc_descr (DW_OP_constu,
tree_low_cst (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl), 0),
0));
/* GNU extension: Record what type this method came from originally. */
if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_containing_type,
lookup_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (func_decl)));
}
}
/* Add source coordinate attributes for the given decl. */
static void
add_src_coords_attributes (die, decl)
dw_die_ref die;
tree decl;
{
unsigned file_index = lookup_filename (DECL_SOURCE_FILE (decl));
add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_decl_line, DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl));
}
/* Add an DW_AT_name attribute and source coordinate attribute for the
given decl, but only if it actually has a name. */
static void
add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (die, decl)
dw_die_ref die;
tree decl;
{
tree decl_name;
decl_name = DECL_NAME (decl);
if (decl_name != NULL && IDENTIFIER_POINTER (decl_name) != NULL)
{
add_name_attribute (die, dwarf2_name (decl, 0));
if (! DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
add_src_coords_attributes (die, decl);
if ((TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL)
&& TREE_PUBLIC (decl)
&& DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl) != DECL_NAME (decl)
&& !DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name,
IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl)));
}
#ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
/* Get the function's name, as described by its RTL. This may be different
from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL && TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
{
add_AT_addr (die, DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address,
XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0));
VARRAY_PUSH_RTX (used_rtx_varray, XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0));
}
#endif
}
/* Push a new declaration scope. */
static void
push_decl_scope (scope)
tree scope;
{
VARRAY_PUSH_TREE (decl_scope_table, scope);
}
/* Pop a declaration scope. */
static inline void
pop_decl_scope ()
{
if (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (decl_scope_table) <= 0)
abort ();
VARRAY_POP (decl_scope_table);
}
/* Return the DIE for the scope that immediately contains this type.
Non-named types get global scope. Named types nested in other
types get their containing scope if it's open, or global scope
otherwise. All other types (i.e. function-local named types) get
the current active scope. */
static dw_die_ref
scope_die_for (t, context_die)
tree t;
dw_die_ref context_die;
{
dw_die_ref scope_die = NULL;
tree containing_scope;
int i;
/* Non-types always go in the current scope. */
if (! TYPE_P (t))
abort ();
containing_scope = TYPE_CONTEXT (t);
/* Ignore namespaces for the moment. */
if (containing_scope && TREE_CODE (containing_scope) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
containing_scope = NULL_TREE;
/* Ignore function type "scopes" from the C frontend. They mean that
a tagged type is local to a parmlist of a function declarator, but
that isn't useful to DWARF. */
if (containing_scope && TREE_CODE (containing_scope) == FUNCTION_TYPE)
containing_scope = NULL_TREE;
if (containing_scope == NULL_TREE)
scope_die = comp_unit_die;
else if (TYPE_P (containing_scope))
{
/* For types, we can just look up the appropriate DIE. But
first we check to see if we're in the middle of emitting it
so we know where the new DIE should go. */
for (i = VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (decl_scope_table) - 1; i >= 0; --i)
if (VARRAY_TREE (decl_scope_table, i) == containing_scope)
break;
if (i < 0)
{
if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
&& !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (containing_scope))
abort ();
/* If none of the current dies are suitable, we get file scope. */
scope_die = comp_unit_die;
}
else
scope_die = lookup_type_die (containing_scope);
}
else
scope_die = context_die;
return scope_die;
}
/* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is internal to a function. */
static inline int
local_scope_p (context_die)
dw_die_ref context_die;
{
for (; context_die; context_die = context_die->die_parent)
if (context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
|| context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
return 1;
return 0;
}
/* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is a class. */
static inline int
class_scope_p (context_die)
dw_die_ref context_die;
{
return (context_die
&& (context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_structure_type
|| context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_union_type));
}
/* Many forms of DIEs require a "type description" attribute. This
routine locates the proper "type descriptor" die for the type given
by 'type', and adds an DW_AT_type attribute below the given die. */
static void
add_type_attribute (object_die, type, decl_const, decl_volatile, context_die)
dw_die_ref object_die;
tree type;
int decl_const;
int decl_volatile;
dw_die_ref context_die;
{
enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
dw_die_ref type_die = NULL;
/* ??? If this type is an unnamed subrange type of an integral or
floating-point type, use the inner type. This is because we have no
support for unnamed types in base_type_die. This can happen if this is
an Ada subrange type. Correct solution is emit a subrange type die. */
if ((code == INTEGER_TYPE || code == REAL_TYPE)
&& TREE_TYPE (type) != 0 && TYPE_NAME (type) == 0)
type = TREE_TYPE (type), code = TREE_CODE (type);
if (code == ERROR_MARK
/* Handle a special case. For functions whose return type is void, we
generate *no* type attribute. (Note that no object may have type
`void', so this only applies to function return types). */
|| code == VOID_TYPE)
return;
type_die = modified_type_die (type,
decl_const || TYPE_READONLY (type),
decl_volatile || TYPE_VOLATILE (type),
context_die);
if (type_die != NULL)
add_AT_die_ref (object_die, DW_AT_type, type_die);
}
/* Given a tree pointer to a struct, class, union, or enum type node, return
a pointer to the (string) tag name for the given type, or zero if the type
was declared without a tag. */
static const char *
type_tag (type)
tree type;
{
const char *name = 0;
if (TYPE_NAME (type) != 0)
{
tree t = 0;
/* Find the IDENTIFIER_NODE for the type name. */
if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE)
t = TYPE_NAME (type);
/* The g++ front end makes the TYPE_NAME of *each* tagged type point to
a TYPE_DECL node, regardless of whether or not a `typedef' was
involved. */
else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == TYPE_DECL
&& ! DECL_IGNORED_P (TYPE_NAME (type)))
t = DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (type));
/* Now get the name as a string, or invent one. */
if (t != 0)
name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (t);
}
return (name == 0 || *name == '\0') ? 0 : name;
}
/* Return the type associated with a data member, make a special check
for bit field types. */
static inline tree
member_declared_type (member)
tree member;
{
return (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member)
? DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member) : TREE_TYPE (member));
}
/* Get the decl's label, as described by its RTL. This may be different
from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
#if 0
static const char *
decl_start_label (decl)
tree decl;
{
rtx x;
const char *fnname;
x = DECL_RTL (decl);
if (GET_CODE (x) != MEM)
abort ();
x = XEXP (x, 0);
if (GET_CODE (x) != SYMBOL_REF)
abort ();
fnname = XSTR (x, 0);
return fnname;
}
#endif
/* These routines generate the internal representation of the DIE's for
the compilation unit. Debugging information is collected by walking
the declaration trees passed in from dwarf2out_decl(). */
static void
gen_array_type_die (type, context_die)
tree type;
dw_die_ref context_die;
{
dw_die_ref scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
dw_die_ref array_die;
tree element_type;
/* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for array of array of enum types unless
the inner array type comes before the outer array type. Thus we must
call gen_type_die before we call new_die. See below also. */
#ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
#endif
array_die = new_die (DW_TAG_array_type, scope_die, type);
add_name_attribute (array_die, type_tag (type));
equate_type_number_to_die (type, array_die);
if (TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE)
{
/* The frontend feeds us a representation for the vector as a struct
containing an array. Pull out the array type. */
type = TREE_TYPE (TYPE_FIELDS (TYPE_DEBUG_REPRESENTATION_TYPE (type)));
add_AT_flag (array_die, DW_AT_GNU_vector, 1);
}
#if 0
/* We default the array ordering. SDB will probably do
the right things even if DW_AT_ordering is not present. It's not even
an issue until we start to get into multidimensional arrays anyway. If
SDB is ever caught doing the Wrong Thing for multi-dimensional arrays,
then we'll have to put the DW_AT_ordering attribute back in. (But if
and when we find out that we need to put these in, we will only do so
for multidimensional arrays. */
add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_ordering, DW_ORD_row_major);
#endif
#ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
/* The SGI compilers handle arrays of unknown bound by setting
AT_declaration and not emitting any subrange DIEs. */
if (! TYPE_DOMAIN (type))
add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
else
#endif
add_subscript_info (array_die, type);
/* Add representation of the type of the elements of this array type. */
element_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
/* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for multidimensional arrays with a
const enum type. E.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10].
We work around this by disabling this feature. See also
add_subscript_info. */
#ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
while (TREE_CODE (element_type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
element_type = TREE_TYPE (element_type);
gen_type_die (element_type, context_die);
#endif
add_type_attribute (array_die, element_type, 0, 0, context_die);
}
static void
gen_set_type_die (type, context_die)
tree type;
dw_die_ref context_die;
{
dw_die_ref type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_set_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
add_type_attribute (type_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
}
#if 0
static void
gen_entry_point_die (decl, context_die)
tree decl;
dw_die_ref context_die;
{
tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
dw_die_ref decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_entry_point, context_die, decl);
if (origin != NULL)
add_abstract_origin_attribute (decl_die, origin);
else
{
add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die, decl);
add_type_attribute (decl_die, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
0, 0, context_die);
}
if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, decl_die);
else
add_AT_lbl_id (decl_die, DW_AT_low_pc, decl_start_label (decl));
}
#endif
/* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
emit full debugging info for them. */
static void
retry_incomplete_types ()
{
int i;
for (i = VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (incomplete_types) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
gen_type_die (VARRAY_TREE (incomplete_types, i), comp_unit_die);
}
/* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of an enumeration type. */
static void
gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (type, context_die)
tree type;
dw_die_ref context_die;
{
dw_die_ref type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type, context_die, type);
/* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, type);
}
/* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of a structure type. */
static void
gen_inlined_structure_type_die (type, context_die)
tree type;
dw_die_ref context_die;
{
dw_die_ref type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_structure_type, context_die, type);
/* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, type);
}
/* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of a union type. */
static void
gen_inlined_union_type_die (type, context_die)
tree type;
dw_die_ref context_die;
{
dw_die_ref type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_union_type, context_die, type);
/* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, type);
}
/* Generate a DIE to represent an enumeration type. Note that these DIEs
include all of the information about the enumeration values also. Each
enumerated type name/value is listed as a child of the enumerated type
DIE. */
static void
gen_enumeration_type_die (type, context_die)
tree type;
dw_die_ref context_die;
{
dw_die_ref type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
if (type_die == NULL)
{
type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type,
scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
add_name_attribute (type_die, type_tag (type));
}
else if (! TYPE_SIZE (type))
return;
else
remove_AT (type_die, DW_AT_declaration);
/* Handle a GNU C/C++ extension, i.e. incomplete enum types. If the
given enum type is incomplete, do not generate the DW_AT_byte_size
attribute or the DW_AT_element_list attribute. */
if (TYPE_SIZE (type))
{
tree link;
TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
add_byte_size_attribute (type_die, type);
if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type) != NULL_TREE)
add_src_coords_attributes (type_die, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type));
/* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
if (type_die->die_parent == NULL)
add_child_die (scope_die_for (type, context_die), type_die);
for (link = TYPE_FIELDS (type);
link != NULL; link = TREE_CHAIN (link))
{
dw_die_ref enum_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumerator, type_die, link);
add_name_attribute (enum_die,
IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TREE_PURPOSE (link)));
if (host_integerp (TREE_VALUE (link), 0))
{
if (tree_int_cst_sgn (TREE_VALUE (link)) < 0)
add_AT_int (enum_die, DW_AT_const_value,
tree_low_cst (TREE_VALUE (link), 0));
else
add_AT_unsigned (enum_die, DW_AT_const_value,
tree_low_cst (TREE_VALUE (link), 0));
}
}
}
else
add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
}
/* Generate a DIE to represent either a real live formal parameter decl or to
represent just the type of some formal parameter position in some function
type.
Note that this routine is a bit unusual because its argument may be a
..._DECL node (i.e. either a PARM_DECL or perhaps a VAR_DECL which
represents an inlining of some PARM_DECL) or else some sort of a ..._TYPE
node. If it's the former then this function is being called to output a
DIE to represent a formal parameter object (or some inlining thereof). If
it's the latter, then this function is only being called to output a
DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE to stand as a placeholder for some formal
argument type of some subprogram type. */
static dw_die_ref
gen_formal_parameter_die (node, context_die)
tree node;
dw_die_ref context_die;
{
dw_die_ref parm_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_formal_parameter, context_die, node);
tree origin;
switch (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (node)))
{
case 'd':
origin = decl_ultimate_origin (node);
if (origin != NULL)
add_abstract_origin_attribute (parm_die, origin);
else
{
add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (parm_die, node);
add_type_attribute (parm_die, TREE_TYPE (node),
TREE_READONLY (node),
TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (node),
context_die);
if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (node))
add_AT_flag (parm_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
}
equate_decl_number_to_die (node, parm_die);
if (! DECL_ABSTRACT (node))
add_location_or_const_value_attribute (parm_die, node);
break;
case 't':
/* We were called with some kind of a ..._TYPE node. */
add_type_attribute (parm_die, node, 0, 0, context_die);
break;
default:
abort ();
}
return parm_die;
}
/* Generate a special type of DIE used as a stand-in for a trailing ellipsis
at the end of an (ANSI prototyped) formal parameters list. */
static void
gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl_or_type, context_die)
tree decl_or_type;
dw_die_ref context_die;
{
new_die (DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters, context_die, decl_or_type);
}
/* Generate a list of nameless DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIEs (and perhaps a
DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE) to represent the types of the formal
parameters as specified in some function type specification (except for
those which appear as part of a function *definition*). */
static void
gen_formal_types_die (function_or_method_type, context_die)
tree function_or_method_type;
dw_die_ref context_die;
{
tree link;
tree formal_type = NULL;
tree first_parm_type;
tree arg;
if (TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type) == FUNCTION_DECL)
{
arg = DECL_ARGUMENTS (function_or_method_type);
function_or_method_type = TREE_TYPE (function_or_method_type);
}
else
arg = NULL_TREE;
first_parm_type = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type);
/* Make our first pass over the list of formal parameter types and output a
DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE for each one. */
for (link = first_parm_type; link; )
{
dw_die_ref parm_die;
formal_type = TREE_VALUE (link);
if (formal_type == void_type_node)
break;
/* Output a (nameless) DIE to represent the formal parameter itself. */
parm_die = gen_formal_parameter_die (formal_type, context_die);
if ((TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type) == METHOD_TYPE
&& link == first_parm_type)
|| (arg && DECL_ARTIFICIAL (arg)))
add_AT_flag (parm_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
link = TREE_CHAIN (link);
if (arg)
arg = TREE_CHAIN (arg);
}
/* If this function type has an ellipsis, add a
DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE to the end of the parameter list. */
if (formal_type != void_type_node)
gen_unspecified_parameters_die (function_or_method_type, context_die);
/* Make our second (and final) pass over the list of formal parameter types
and output DIEs to represent those types (as necessary). */
for (link = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type);
link && TREE_VALUE (link);
link = TREE_CHAIN (link))
gen_type_die (TREE_VALUE (link), context_die);
}
/* We want to generate the DIE for TYPE so that we can generate the
die for MEMBER, which has been defined; we will need to refer back
to the member declaration nested within TYPE. If we're trying to
generate minimal debug info for TYPE, processing TYPE won't do the
trick; we need to attach the member declaration by hand. */
static void
gen_type_die_for_member (type, member, context_die)
tree type, member;
dw_die_ref context_die;
{
gen_type_die (type, context_die);
/* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
emitted the member decl for this function. Emit it now. */
if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type))
&& ! lookup_decl_die (member))
{
if (decl_ultimate_origin (member))
abort ();
push_decl_scope (type);
if (TREE_CODE (member) == FUNCTION_DECL)
gen_subprogram_die (member, lookup_type_die (type));
else
gen_variable_die (member, lookup_type_die (type));
pop_decl_scope ();
}
}
/* Generate the DWARF2 info for the "abstract" instance of a function which we
may later generate inlined and/or out-of-line instances of. */
static void
dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl)
tree decl;
{
dw_die_ref old_die;
tree save_fn;
tree context;
int was_abstract = DECL_ABSTRACT (decl);
/* Make sure we have the actual abstract inline, not a clone. */
decl = DECL_ORIGIN (decl);
old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
if (old_die && get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
/* We've already generated the abstract instance. */
return;
/* Be sure we've emitted the in-class declaration DIE (if any) first, so
we don't get confused by DECL_ABSTRACT. */
if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
{
context = decl_class_context (decl);
if (context)
gen_type_die_for_member
(context, decl, decl_function_context (decl) ? NULL : comp_unit_die);
}
/* Pretend we've just finished compiling this function. */
save_fn = current_function_decl;
current_function_decl = decl;
set_decl_abstract_flags (decl, 1);
dwarf2out_decl (decl);
if (! was_abstract)
set_decl_abstract_flags (decl, 0);
current_function_decl = save_fn;
}
/* Generate a DIE to represent a declared function (either file-scope or
block-local). */
static void
gen_subprogram_die (decl, context_die)
tree decl;
dw_die_ref context_die;
{
char label_id[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
dw_die_ref subr_die;
rtx fp_reg;
tree fn_arg_types;
tree outer_scope;
dw_die_ref old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
int declaration = (current_function_decl != decl
|| class_scope_p (context_die));
/* It is possible to have both DECL_ABSTRACT and DECLARATION be true if we
started to generate the abstract instance of an inline, decided to output
its containing class, and proceeded to emit the declaration of the inline
from the member list for the class. If so, DECLARATION takes priority;
we'll get back to the abstract instance when done with the class. */
/* The class-scope declaration DIE must be the primary DIE. */
if (origin && declaration && class_scope_p (context_die))
{
origin = NULL;
if (old_die)
abort ();
}
if (origin != NULL)
{
if (declaration && ! local_scope_p (context_die))
abort ();
/* Fixup die_parent for the abstract instance of a nested
inline function. */
if (old_die && old_die->die_parent == NULL)
add_child_die (context_die, old_die);
subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die, origin);
}
else if (old_die)
{
unsigned file_index = lookup_filename (DECL_SOURCE_FILE (decl));
if (!get_AT_flag (old_die, DW_AT_declaration)
/* We can have a normal definition following an inline one in the
case of redefinition of GNU C extern inlines.
It seems reasonable to use AT_specification in this case. */
&& !get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
{
/* ??? This can happen if there is a bug in the program, for
instance, if it has duplicate function definitions. Ideally,
we should detect this case and ignore it. For now, if we have
already reported an error, any error at all, then assume that
we got here because of an input error, not a dwarf2 bug. */
if (errorcount)
return;
abort ();
}
/* If the definition comes from the same place as the declaration,
maybe use the old DIE. We always want the DIE for this function
that has the *_pc attributes to be under comp_unit_die so the
debugger can find it. We also need to do this for abstract
instances of inlines, since the spec requires the out-of-line copy
to have the same parent. For local class methods, this doesn't
apply; we just use the old DIE. */
if ((old_die->die_parent == comp_unit_die || context_die == NULL)
&& (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)
|| (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) == file_index
&& (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line)
== (unsigned) DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl)))))
{
subr_die = old_die;
/* Clear out the declaration attribute and the parm types. */
remove_AT (subr_die, DW_AT_declaration);
remove_children (subr_die);
}
else
{
subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
add_AT_die_ref (subr_die, DW_AT_specification, old_die);
if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) != file_index)
add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line)
!= (unsigned) DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl))
add_AT_unsigned
(subr_die, DW_AT_decl_line, DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl));
}
}
else
{
subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (subr_die, decl);
if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
{
add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die, TREE_TYPE (decl));
add_type_attribute (subr_die, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
0, 0, context_die);
}
add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (subr_die, decl);
if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
}
if (declaration)
{
if (!old_die || !get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
{
add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
/* The first time we see a member function, it is in the context of
the class to which it belongs. We make sure of this by emitting
the class first. The next time is the definition, which is
handled above. The two may come from the same source text. */
if (DECL_CONTEXT (decl) || DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
}
}
else if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
{
if (DECL_INLINE (decl) && !flag_no_inline)
{
/* ??? Checking DECL_DEFER_OUTPUT is correct for static
inline functions, but not for extern inline functions.
We can't get this completely correct because information
about whether the function was declared inline is not
saved anywhere. */
if (DECL_DEFER_OUTPUT (decl))
add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_declared_inlined);
else
add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_inlined);
}
else
add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_declared_not_inlined);
equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
}
else if (!DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
{
if (!old_die || !get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
current_funcdef_number);
add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label_id);
ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_END_LABEL,
current_funcdef_number);
add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_high_pc, label_id);
add_pubname (decl, subr_die);
add_arange (decl, subr_die);
#ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
/* Add a reference to the FDE for this routine. */
add_AT_fde_ref (subr_die, DW_AT_MIPS_fde, current_funcdef_fde);
#endif
/* Define the "frame base" location for this routine. We use the
frame pointer or stack pointer registers, since the RTL for local
variables is relative to one of them. */
fp_reg
= frame_pointer_needed ? hard_frame_pointer_rtx : stack_pointer_rtx;
add_AT_loc (subr_die, DW_AT_frame_base, reg_loc_descriptor (fp_reg));
#if 0
/* ??? This fails for nested inline functions, because context_display
is not part of the state saved/restored for inline functions. */
if (current_function_needs_context)
add_AT_location_description (subr_die, DW_AT_static_link,
lookup_static_chain (decl));
#endif
}
/* Now output descriptions of the arguments for this function. This gets
(unnecessarily?) complex because of the fact that the DECL_ARGUMENT list
for a FUNCTION_DECL doesn't indicate cases where there was a trailing
`...' at the end of the formal parameter list. In order to find out if
there was a trailing ellipsis or not, we must instead look at the type
associated with the FUNCTION_DECL. This will be a node of type
FUNCTION_TYPE. If the chain of type nodes hanging off of this
FUNCTION_TYPE node ends with a void_type_node then there should *not* be
an ellipsis at the end. */
/* In the case where we are describing a mere function declaration, all we
need to do here (and all we *can* do here) is to describe the *types* of
its formal parameters. */
if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
;
else if (declaration)
gen_formal_types_die (decl, subr_die);
else
{
/* Generate DIEs to represent all known formal parameters */
tree arg_decls = DECL_ARGUMENTS (decl);
tree parm;
/* When generating DIEs, generate the unspecified_parameters DIE
instead if we come across the arg "__builtin_va_alist" */
for (parm = arg_decls; parm; parm = TREE_CHAIN (parm))
if (TREE_CODE (parm) == PARM_DECL)
{
if (DECL_NAME (parm)
&& !strcmp (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (parm)),
"__builtin_va_alist"))
gen_unspecified_parameters_die (parm, subr_die);
else
gen_decl_die (parm, subr_die);
}
/* Decide whether we need an unspecified_parameters DIE at the end.
There are 2 more cases to do this for: 1) the ansi ... declaration -
this is detectable when the end of the arg list is not a
void_type_node 2) an unprototyped function declaration (not a
definition). This just means that we have no info about the
parameters at all. */
fn_arg_types = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl));
if (fn_arg_types != NULL)
{
/* this is the prototyped case, check for ... */
if (TREE_VALUE (tree_last (fn_arg_types)) != void_type_node)
gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl, subr_die);
}
else if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE)
gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl, subr_die);
}
/* Output Dwarf info for all of the stuff within the body of the function
(if it has one - it may be just a declaration). */
outer_scope = DECL_INITIAL (decl);
/* OUTER_SCOPE is a pointer to the outermost BLOCK node created to represent
a function. This BLOCK actually represents the outermost binding contour
for the function, i.e. the contour in which the function's formal
parameters and labels get declared. Curiously, it appears that the front
end doesn't actually put the PARM_DECL nodes for the current function onto
the BLOCK_VARS list for this outer scope, but are strung off of the
DECL_ARGUMENTS list for the function instead.
The BLOCK_VARS list for the `outer_scope' does provide us with a list of
the LABEL_DECL nodes for the function however, and we output DWARF info
for those in decls_for_scope. Just within the `outer_scope' there will be
a BLOCK node representing the function's outermost pair of curly braces,
and any blocks used for the base and member initializers of a C++
constructor function. */
if (! declaration && TREE_CODE (outer_scope) != ERROR_MARK)
{
current_function_has_inlines = 0;
decls_for_scope (outer_scope, subr_die, 0);
#if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
if (current_function_has_inlines)
{
add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines, 1);
if (! comp_unit_has_inlines)
{
add_AT_flag (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines, 1);
comp_unit_has_inlines = 1;
}
}
#endif
}
}
/* Generate a DIE to represent a declared data object. */
static void
gen_variable_die (decl, context_die)
tree decl;
dw_die_ref context_die;
{
tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
dw_die_ref var_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, context_die, decl);
dw_die_ref old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
int declaration = (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl)
|| class_scope_p (context_die));
if (origin != NULL)
add_abstract_origin_attribute (var_die, origin);
/* Loop unrolling can create multiple blocks that refer to the same
static variable, so we must test for the DW_AT_declaration flag.
??? Loop unrolling/reorder_blocks should perhaps be rewritten to
copy decls and set the DECL_ABSTRACT flag on them instead of
sharing them.
??? Duplicated blocks have been rewritten to use .debug_ranges. */
else if (old_die && TREE_STATIC (decl)
&& get_AT_flag (old_die, DW_AT_declaration) == 1)
{
/* This is a definition of a C++ class level static. */
add_AT_die_ref (var_die, DW_AT_specification, old_die);
if (DECL_NAME (decl))
{
unsigned file_index = lookup_filename (DECL_SOURCE_FILE (decl));
if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) != file_index)
add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line)
!= (unsigned) DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl))
add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_decl_line,
DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl));
}
}
else
{
add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die, decl);
add_type_attribute (var_die, TREE_TYPE (decl), TREE_READONLY (decl),
TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl), context_die);
if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
}
if (declaration)
add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
if (class_scope_p (context_die) || DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, var_die);
if (! declaration && ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
{
add_location_or_const_value_attribute (var_die, decl);
add_pubname (decl, var_die);
}
else
tree_add_const_value_attribute (var_die, decl);
}
/* Generate a DIE to represent a label identifier. */
static void
gen_label_die (decl, context_die)
tree decl;
dw_die_ref context_die;
{
tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
dw_die_ref lbl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_label, context_die, decl);
rtx insn;
char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
if (origin != NULL)
add_abstract_origin_attribute (lbl_die, origin);
else
add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (lbl_die, decl);
if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, lbl_die);
else
{
insn = DECL_RTL (decl);
/* Deleted labels are programmer specified labels which have been
eliminated because of various optimisations. We still emit them
here so that it is possible to put breakpoints on them. */
if (GET_CODE (insn) == CODE_LABEL
|| ((GET_CODE (insn) == NOTE
&& NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn) == NOTE_INSN_DELETED_LABEL)))
{
/* When optimization is enabled (via -O) some parts of the compiler
(e.g. jump.c and cse.c) may try to delete CODE_LABEL insns which
represent source-level labels which were explicitly declared by
the user. This really shouldn't be happening though, so catch
it if it ever does happen. */
if (INSN_DELETED_P (insn))
abort ();
ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "L", CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (insn));
add_AT_lbl_id (lbl_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label);
}
}
}
/* Generate a DIE for a lexical block. */
static void
gen_lexical_block_die (stmt, context_die, depth)
tree stmt;
dw_die_ref context_die;
int depth;
{
dw_die_ref stmt_die = new_die (DW_TAG_lexical_block, context_die, stmt);
char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt))
{
if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt))
{
tree chain;
add_AT_range_list (stmt_die, DW_AT_ranges, add_ranges (stmt));
chain = BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt);
do
{
add_ranges (chain);
chain = BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (chain);
}
while (chain);
add_ranges (NULL);
}
else
{
ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL,
BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
add_AT_lbl_id (stmt_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label);
ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_END_LABEL,
BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
add_AT_lbl_id (stmt_die, DW_AT_high_pc, label);
}
}
decls_for_scope (stmt, stmt_die, depth);
}
/* Generate a DIE for an inlined subprogram. */
static void
gen_inlined_subroutine_die (stmt, context_die, depth)
tree stmt;
dw_die_ref context_die;
int depth;
{
if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt))
{
dw_die_ref subr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine, context_die, stmt);
tree decl = block_ultimate_origin (stmt);
char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
/* Emit info for the abstract instance first, if we haven't yet. */
dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl);
add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die, decl);
ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL,
BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label);
ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_END_LABEL,
BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_high_pc, label);
decls_for_scope (stmt, subr_die, depth);
current_function_has_inlines = 1;
}
else
/* We may get here if we're the outer block of function A that was
inlined into function B that was inlined into function C. When
generating debugging info for C, dwarf2out_abstract_function(B)
would mark all inlined blocks as abstract, including this one.
So, we wouldn't (and shouldn't) expect labels to be generated
for this one. Instead, just emit debugging info for
declarations within the block. This is particularly important
in the case of initializers of arguments passed from B to us:
if they're statement expressions containing declarations, we
wouldn't generate dies for their abstract variables, and then,
when generating dies for the real variables, we'd die (pun
intended :-) */
gen_lexical_block_die (stmt, context_die, depth);
}
/* Generate a DIE for a field in a record, or structure. */
static void
gen_field_die (decl, context_die)
tree decl;
dw_die_ref context_die;
{
dw_die_ref decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_member, context_die, decl);
add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die, decl);
add_type_attribute (decl_die, member_declared_type (decl),
TREE_READONLY (decl), TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl),
context_die);
if (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl))
{
add_byte_size_attribute (decl_die, decl);
add_bit_size_attribute (decl_die, decl);
add_bit_offset_attribute (decl_die, decl);
}
if (TREE_CODE (DECL_FIELD_CONTEXT (decl)) != UNION_TYPE)
add_data_member_location_attribute (decl_die, decl);
if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
add_AT_flag (decl_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
add_AT_unsigned (decl_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
add_AT_unsigned (decl_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
}
#if 0
/* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
Use modified_type_die instead.
We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
static void
gen_pointer_type_die (type, context_die)
tree type;
dw_die_ref context_die;
{
dw_die_ref ptr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
equate_type_number_to_die (type, ptr_die);
add_type_attribute (ptr_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size, PTR_SIZE);
}
/* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
Use modified_type_die instead.
We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
static void
gen_reference_type_die (type, context_die)
tree type;
dw_die_ref context_die;
{
dw_die_ref ref_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
equate_type_number_to_die (type, ref_die);
add_type_attribute (ref_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size, PTR_SIZE);
}
#endif
/* Generate a DIE for a pointer to a member type. */
static void
gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (type, context_die)
tree type;
dw_die_ref context_die;
{
dw_die_ref ptr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type,
scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
equate_type_number_to_die (type, ptr_die);
add_AT_die_ref (ptr_die, DW_AT_containing_type,
lookup_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type)));
add_type_attribute (ptr_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
}
/* Generate the DIE for the compilation unit. */
static dw_die_ref
gen_compile_unit_die (filename)
const char *filename;
{
dw_die_ref die;
char producer[250];
const char *wd = getpwd ();
const char *language_string = lang_hooks.name;
int language;
die = new_die (DW_TAG_compile_unit, NULL, NULL);
add_name_attribute (die, filename);
if (wd != NULL && filename[0] != DIR_SEPARATOR)
add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_comp_dir, wd);
sprintf (producer, "%s %s", language_string, version_string);
#ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
/* The MIPS/SGI compilers place the 'cc' command line options in the producer
string. The SGI debugger looks for -g, -g1, -g2, or -g3; if they do
not appear in the producer string, the debugger reaches the conclusion
that the object file is stripped and has no debugging information.
To get the MIPS/SGI debugger to believe that there is debugging
information in the object file, we add a -g to the producer string. */
if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
strcat (producer, " -g");
#endif
add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_producer, producer);
if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU C++") == 0)
language = DW_LANG_C_plus_plus;
else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Ada") == 0)
language = DW_LANG_Ada83;
else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU F77") == 0)
language = DW_LANG_Fortran77;
else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Pascal") == 0)
language = DW_LANG_Pascal83;
else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Java") == 0)
language = DW_LANG_Java;
else if (flag_traditional)
language = DW_LANG_C;
else
language = DW_LANG_C89;
add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_language, language);
return die;
}
/* Generate a DIE for a string type. */
static void
gen_string_type_die (type, context_die)
tree type;
dw_die_ref context_die;
{
dw_die_ref type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_string_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
/* ??? Fudge the string length attribute for now.
TODO: add string length info. */
#if 0
string_length_attribute (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type)));
bound_representation (upper_bound, 0, 'u');
#endif
}
/* Generate the DIE for a base class. */
static void
gen_inheritance_die (binfo, context_die)
tree binfo;
dw_die_ref context_die;
{
dw_die_ref die = new_die (DW_TAG_inheritance, context_die, binfo);
add_type_attribute (die, BINFO_TYPE (binfo), 0, 0, context_die);
add_data_member_location_attribute (die, binfo);
if (TREE_VIA_VIRTUAL (binfo))
add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_virtuality, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual);
if (TREE_VIA_PUBLIC (binfo))
add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_public);
else if (TREE_VIA_PROTECTED (binfo))
add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
}
/* Generate a DIE for a class member. */
static void
gen_member_die (type, context_die)
tree type;
dw_die_ref context_die;
{
tree member;
dw_die_ref child;
/* If this is not an incomplete type, output descriptions of each of its
members. Note that as we output the DIEs necessary to represent the
members of this record or union type, we will also be trying to output
DIEs to represent the *types* of those members. However the `type'
function (above) will specifically avoid generating type DIEs for member
types *within* the list of member DIEs for this (containing) type except
for those types (of members) which are explicitly marked as also being
members of this (containing) type themselves. The g++ front- end can
force any given type to be treated as a member of some other (containing)
type by setting the TYPE_CONTEXT of the given (member) type to point to
the TREE node representing the appropriate (containing) type. */
/* First output info about the base classes. */
if (TYPE_BINFO (type) && TYPE_BINFO_BASETYPES (type))
{
tree bases = TYPE_BINFO_BASETYPES (type);
int n_bases = TREE_VEC_LENGTH (bases);
int i;
for (i = 0; i < n_bases; i++)
gen_inheritance_die (TREE_VEC_ELT (bases, i), context_die);
}
/* Now output info about the data members and type members. */
for (member = TYPE_FIELDS (type); member; member = TREE_CHAIN (member))
{
/* If we thought we were generating minimal debug info for TYPE
and then changed our minds, some of the member declarations
may have already been defined. Don't define them again, but
do put them in the right order. */
child = lookup_decl_die (member);
if (child)
splice_child_die (context_die, child);
else
gen_decl_die (member, context_die);
}
/* Now output info about the function members (if any). */
for (member = TYPE_METHODS (type); member; member = TREE_CHAIN (member))
{
/* Don't include clones in the member list. */
if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (member))
continue;
child = lookup_decl_die (member);
if (child)
splice_child_die (context_die, child);
else
gen_decl_die (member, context_die);
}
}
/* Generate a DIE for a structure or union type. If TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG
is set, we pretend that the type was never defined, so we only get the
member DIEs needed by later specification DIEs. */
static void
gen_struct_or_union_type_die (type, context_die)
tree type;
dw_die_ref context_die;
{
dw_die_ref type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
dw_die_ref scope_die = 0;
int nested = 0;
int complete = (TYPE_SIZE (type)
&& (! TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)
|| ! TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type))));
if (type_die && ! complete)
return;
if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type) != NULL_TREE
&& AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)))
nested = 1;
scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
if (! type_die || (nested && scope_die == comp_unit_die))
/* First occurrence of type or toplevel definition of nested class. */
{
dw_die_ref old_die = type_die;
type_die = new_die (TREE_CODE (type) == RECORD_TYPE
? DW_TAG_structure_type : DW_TAG_union_type,
scope_die, type);
equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
if (old_die)
add_AT_die_ref (type_die, DW_AT_specification, old_die);
else
add_name_attribute (type_die, type_tag (type));
}
else
remove_AT (type_die, DW_AT_declaration);
/* If this type has been completed, then give it a byte_size attribute and
then give a list of members. */
if (complete)
{
/* Prevent infinite recursion in cases where the type of some member of
this type is expressed in terms of this type itself. */
TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
add_byte_size_attribute (type_die, type);
if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type) != NULL_TREE)
add_src_coords_attributes (type_die, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type));
/* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
if (type_die->die_parent == NULL)
add_child_die (scope_die, type_die);
push_decl_scope (type);
gen_member_die (type, type_die);
pop_decl_scope ();
/* GNU extension: Record what type our vtable lives in. */
if (TYPE_VFIELD (type))
{
tree vtype = DECL_FCONTEXT (TYPE_VFIELD (type));
gen_type_die (vtype, context_die);
add_AT_die_ref (type_die, DW_AT_containing_type,
lookup_type_die (vtype));
}
}
else
{
add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
/* We don't need to do this for function-local types. */
if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)
&& ! decl_function_context (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)))
VARRAY_PUSH_TREE (incomplete_types, type);
}
}
/* Generate a DIE for a subroutine _type_. */
static void
gen_subroutine_type_die (type, context_die)
tree type;
dw_die_ref context_die;
{
tree return_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
dw_die_ref subr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subroutine_type,
scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
equate_type_number_to_die (type, subr_die);
add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die, type);
add_type_attribute (subr_die, return_type, 0, 0, context_die);
gen_formal_types_die (type, subr_die);
}
/* Generate a DIE for a type definition */
static void
gen_typedef_die (decl, context_die)
tree decl;
dw_die_ref context_die;
{
dw_die_ref type_die;
tree origin;
if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
return;
TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl) = 1;
type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_typedef, context_die, decl);
origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
if (origin != NULL)
add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, origin);
else
{
tree type;
add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (type_die, decl);
if (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl))
{
type = DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl);
if (type == TREE_TYPE (decl))
abort ();
else
equate_type_number_to_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), type_die);
}
else
type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
add_type_attribute (type_die, type, TREE_READONLY (decl),
TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl), context_die);
}
if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, type_die);
}
/* Generate a type description DIE. */
static void
gen_type_die (type, context_die)
tree type;
dw_die_ref context_die;
{
int need_pop;
if (type == NULL_TREE || type == error_mark_node)
return;
/* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version of
this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so get the
main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this type now. */
type = type_main_variant (type);
if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
return;
if (TYPE_NAME (type) && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == TYPE_DECL
&& DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type)))
{
TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
gen_decl_die (TYPE_NAME (type), context_die);
return;
}
switch (TREE_CODE (type))
{
case ERROR_MARK:
break;
case POINTER_TYPE:
case REFERENCE_TYPE:
/* We must set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN in case this is a recursive type. This
ensures that the gen_type_die recursion will terminate even if the
type is recursive. Recursive types are possible in Ada. */
/* ??? We could perhaps do this for all types before the switch
statement. */
TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
/* For these types, all that is required is that we output a DIE (or a
set of DIEs) to represent the "basis" type. */
gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
break;
case OFFSET_TYPE:
/* This code is used for C++ pointer-to-data-member types.
Output a description of the relevant class type. */
gen_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type), context_die);
/* Output a description of the type of the object pointed to. */
gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
/* Now output a DIE to represent this pointer-to-data-member type
itself. */
gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (type, context_die);
break;
case SET_TYPE:
gen_type_die (TYPE_DOMAIN (type), context_die);
gen_set_type_die (type, context_die);
break;
case FILE_TYPE:
gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
abort (); /* No way to represent these in Dwarf yet! */
break;
case FUNCTION_TYPE:
/* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
gen_subroutine_type_die (type, context_die);
break;
case METHOD_TYPE:
/* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
gen_subroutine_type_die (type, context_die);
break;
case ARRAY_TYPE:
if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type) && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type)) == CHAR_TYPE)
{
gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
gen_string_type_die (type, context_die);
}
else
gen_array_type_die (type, context_die);
break;
case VECTOR_TYPE:
gen_array_type_die (type, context_die);
break;
case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
case RECORD_TYPE:
case UNION_TYPE:
case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
/* If this is a nested type whose containing class hasn't been written
out yet, writing it out will cover this one, too. This does not apply
to instantiations of member class templates; they need to be added to
the containing class as they are generated. FIXME: This hurts the
idea of combining type decls from multiple TUs, since we can't predict
what set of template instantiations we'll get. */
if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)
&& AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
&& ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)))
{
gen_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type), context_die);
if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
return;
/* If that failed, attach ourselves to the stub. */
push_decl_scope (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
context_die = lookup_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
need_pop = 1;
}
else
need_pop = 0;
if (TREE_CODE (type) == ENUMERAL_TYPE)
gen_enumeration_type_die (type, context_die);
else
gen_struct_or_union_type_die (type, context_die);
if (need_pop)
pop_decl_scope ();
/* Don't set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN on an incomplete struct; we want to fix
it up if it is ever completed. gen_*_type_die will set it for us
when appropriate. */
return;
case VOID_TYPE:
case INTEGER_TYPE:
case REAL_TYPE:
case COMPLEX_TYPE:
case BOOLEAN_TYPE:
case CHAR_TYPE:
/* No DIEs needed for fundamental types. */
break;
case LANG_TYPE:
/* No Dwarf representation currently defined. */
break;
default:
abort ();
}
TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
}
/* Generate a DIE for a tagged type instantiation. */
static void
gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (type, context_die)
tree type;
dw_die_ref context_die;
{
if (type == NULL_TREE || type == error_mark_node)
return;
/* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version of
this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so make sure
that we have the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this
type now. */
if (type != type_main_variant (type))
abort ();
/* Do not check TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) as it may not be set if this is
an instance of an unresolved type. */
switch (TREE_CODE (type))
{
case ERROR_MARK:
break;
case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (type, context_die);
break;
case RECORD_TYPE:
gen_inlined_structure_type_die (type, context_die);
break;
case UNION_TYPE:
case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
gen_inlined_union_type_die (type, context_die);
break;
default:
abort ();
}
}
/* Generate a DW_TAG_lexical_block DIE followed by DIEs to represent all of the
things which are local to the given block. */
static void
gen_block_die (stmt, context_die, depth)
tree stmt;
dw_die_ref context_die;
int depth;
{
int must_output_die = 0;
tree origin;
tree decl;
enum tree_code origin_code;
/* Ignore blocks never really used to make RTL. */
if (stmt == NULL_TREE || !TREE_USED (stmt)
|| (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt) && !BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt)))
return;
/* If the block is one fragment of a non-contiguous block, do not
process the variables, since they will have been done by the
origin block. Do process subblocks. */
if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_ORIGIN (stmt))
{
tree sub;
for (sub = BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt); sub; sub = BLOCK_CHAIN (sub))
gen_block_die (sub, context_die, depth + 1);
return;
}
/* Determine the "ultimate origin" of this block. This block may be an
inlined instance of an inlined instance of inline function, so we have
to trace all of the way back through the origin chain to find out what
sort of node actually served as the original seed for the creation of
the current block. */
origin = block_ultimate_origin (stmt);
origin_code = (origin != NULL) ? TREE_CODE (origin) : ERROR_MARK;
/* Determine if we need to output any Dwarf DIEs at all to represent this
block. */
if (origin_code == FUNCTION_DECL)
/* The outer scopes for inlinings *must* always be represented. We
generate DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIEs for them. (See below.) */
must_output_die = 1;
else
{
/* In the case where the current block represents an inlining of the
"body block" of an inline function, we must *NOT* output any DIE for
this block because we have already output a DIE to represent the whole
inlined function scope and the "body block" of any function doesn't
really represent a different scope according to ANSI C rules. So we
check here to make sure that this block does not represent a "body
block inlining" before trying to set the MUST_OUTPUT_DIE flag. */
if (! is_body_block (origin ? origin : stmt))
{
/* Determine if this block directly contains any "significant"
local declarations which we will need to output DIEs for. */
if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
/* We are not in terse mode so *any* local declaration counts
as being a "significant" one. */
must_output_die = (BLOCK_VARS (stmt) != NULL);
else
/* We are in terse mode, so only local (nested) function
definitions count as "significant" local declarations. */
for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (stmt);
decl != NULL; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL
&& DECL_INITIAL (decl))
{
must_output_die = 1;
break;
}
}
}
/* It would be a waste of space to generate a Dwarf DW_TAG_lexical_block
DIE for any block which contains no significant local declarations at
all. Rather, in such cases we just call `decls_for_scope' so that any
needed Dwarf info for any sub-blocks will get properly generated. Note
that in terse mode, our definition of what constitutes a "significant"
local declaration gets restricted to include only inlined function
instances and local (nested) function definitions. */
if (must_output_die)
{
if (origin_code == FUNCTION_DECL)
gen_inlined_subroutine_die (stmt, context_die, depth);
else
gen_lexical_block_die (stmt, context_die, depth);
}
else
decls_for_scope (stmt, context_die, depth);
}
/* Generate all of the decls declared within a given scope and (recursively)
all of its sub-blocks. */
static void
decls_for_scope (stmt, context_die, depth)
tree stmt;
dw_die_ref context_die;
int depth;
{
tree decl;
tree subblocks;
/* Ignore blocks never really used to make RTL. */
if (stmt == NULL_TREE || ! TREE_USED (stmt))
return;
/* Output the DIEs to represent all of the data objects and typedefs
declared directly within this block but not within any nested
sub-blocks. Also, nested function and tag DIEs have been
generated with a parent of NULL; fix that up now. */
for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (stmt); decl != NULL; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
{
dw_die_ref die;
if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL)
die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl))
die = lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl));
else
die = NULL;
if (die != NULL && die->die_parent == NULL)
add_child_die (context_die, die);
else
gen_decl_die (decl, context_die);
}
/* Output the DIEs to represent all sub-blocks (and the items declared
therein) of this block. */
for (subblocks = BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt);
subblocks != NULL;
subblocks = BLOCK_CHAIN (subblocks))
gen_block_die (subblocks, context_die, depth + 1);
}
/* Is this a typedef we can avoid emitting? */
static inline int
is_redundant_typedef (decl)
tree decl;
{
if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl))
return 1;
if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)
&& DECL_CONTEXT (decl)
&& is_tagged_type (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))
&& TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))) == TYPE_DECL
&& DECL_NAME (decl) == DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))))
/* Also ignore the artificial member typedef for the class name. */
return 1;
return 0;
}
/* Generate Dwarf debug information for a decl described by DECL. */
static void
gen_decl_die (decl, context_die)
tree decl;
dw_die_ref context_die;
{
tree origin;
if (DECL_P (decl) && DECL_IGNORED_P (decl))
return;
switch (TREE_CODE (decl))
{
case ERROR_MARK:
break;
case CONST_DECL:
/* The individual enumerators of an enum type get output when we output
the Dwarf representation of the relevant enum type itself. */
break;
case FUNCTION_DECL:
/* Don't output any DIEs to represent mere function declarations,
unless they are class members or explicit block externs. */
if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE && DECL_CONTEXT (decl) == NULL_TREE
&& (current_function_decl == NULL_TREE || DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)))
break;
/* If we're emitting a clone, emit info for the abstract instance. */
if (DECL_ORIGIN (decl) != decl)
dwarf2out_abstract_function (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl));
/* If we're emitting an out-of-line copy of an inline function,
emit info for the abstract instance and set up to refer to it. */
else if (DECL_INLINE (decl) && ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl)
&& ! class_scope_p (context_die)
/* dwarf2out_abstract_function won't emit a die if this is just
a declaration. We must avoid setting DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN in
that case, because that works only if we have a die. */
&& DECL_INITIAL (decl) != NULL_TREE)
{
dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl);
set_decl_origin_self (decl);
}
/* Otherwise we're emitting the primary DIE for this decl. */
else if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
{
/* Before we describe the FUNCTION_DECL itself, make sure that we
have described its return type. */
gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)), context_die);
/* And its virtual context. */
if (DECL_VINDEX (decl) != NULL_TREE)
gen_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl), context_die);
/* And its containing type. */
origin = decl_class_context (decl);
if (origin != NULL_TREE)
gen_type_die_for_member (origin, decl, context_die);
}
/* Now output a DIE to represent the function itself. */
gen_subprogram_die (decl, context_die);
break;
case TYPE_DECL:
/* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
actual typedefs. */
if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
break;
/* In the special case of a TYPE_DECL node representing the declaration
of some type tag, if the given TYPE_DECL is marked as having been
instantiated from some other (original) TYPE_DECL node (e.g. one which
was generated within the original definition of an inline function) we
have to generate a special (abbreviated) DW_TAG_structure_type,
DW_TAG_union_type, or DW_TAG_enumeration_type DIE here. */
if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl) && decl_ultimate_origin (decl) != NULL_TREE)
{
gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
break;
}
if (is_redundant_typedef (decl))
gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
else
/* Output a DIE to represent the typedef itself. */
gen_typedef_die (decl, context_die);
break;
case LABEL_DECL:
if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
gen_label_die (decl, context_die);
break;
case VAR_DECL:
/* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
variable declarations or definitions. */
if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
break;
/* Output any DIEs that are needed to specify the type of this data
object. */
gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
/* And its containing type. */
origin = decl_class_context (decl);
if (origin != NULL_TREE)
gen_type_die_for_member (origin, decl, context_die);
/* Now output the DIE to represent the data object itself. This gets
complicated because of the possibility that the VAR_DECL really
represents an inlined instance of a formal parameter for an inline
function. */
origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
if (origin != NULL_TREE && TREE_CODE (origin) == PARM_DECL)
gen_formal_parameter_die (decl, context_die);
else
gen_variable_die (decl, context_die);
break;
case FIELD_DECL:
/* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle C++
anonymous unions. */
if (DECL_NAME (decl) != NULL_TREE
|| TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == UNION_TYPE)
{
gen_type_die (member_declared_type (decl), context_die);
gen_field_die (decl, context_die);
}
break;
case PARM_DECL:
gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
gen_formal_parameter_die (decl, context_die);
break;
case NAMESPACE_DECL:
/* Ignore for now. */
break;
default:
abort ();
}
}
static void
mark_limbo_die_list (ptr)
void *ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
{
limbo_die_node *node;
for (node = limbo_die_list; node ; node = node->next)
ggc_mark_tree (node->created_for);
}
/* Add Ada "use" clause information for SGI Workshop debugger. */
void
dwarf2out_add_library_unit_info (filename, context_list)
const char *filename;
const char *context_list;
{
unsigned int file_index;
if (filename != NULL)
{
dw_die_ref unit_die = new_die (DW_TAG_module, comp_unit_die, NULL);
tree context_list_decl
= build_decl (LABEL_DECL, get_identifier (context_list),
void_type_node);
TREE_PUBLIC (context_list_decl) = TRUE;
add_name_attribute (unit_die, context_list);
file_index = lookup_filename (filename);
add_AT_unsigned (unit_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
add_pubname (context_list_decl, unit_die);
}
}
/* Output debug information for global decl DECL. Called from toplev.c after
compilation proper has finished. */
static void
dwarf2out_global_decl (decl)
tree decl;
{
/* Output DWARF2 information for file-scope tentative data object
declarations, file-scope (extern) function declarations (which had no
corresponding body) and file-scope tagged type declarations and
definitions which have not yet been forced out. */
if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL || !DECL_INITIAL (decl))
dwarf2out_decl (decl);
}
/* Write the debugging output for DECL. */
void
dwarf2out_decl (decl)
tree decl;
{
dw_die_ref context_die = comp_unit_die;
switch (TREE_CODE (decl))
{
case ERROR_MARK:
return;
case FUNCTION_DECL:
/* Ignore this FUNCTION_DECL if it refers to a builtin declaration of a
builtin function. Explicit programmer-supplied declarations of
these same functions should NOT be ignored however. */
if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) && DECL_BUILT_IN (decl))
return;
/* What we would really like to do here is to filter out all mere
file-scope declarations of file-scope functions which are never
referenced later within this translation unit (and keep all of ones
that *are* referenced later on) but we aren't clairvoyant, so we have
no idea which functions will be referenced in the future (i.e. later
on within the current translation unit). So here we just ignore all
file-scope function declarations which are not also definitions. If
and when the debugger needs to know something about these functions,
it will have to hunt around and find the DWARF information associated
with the definition of the function.
We can't just check DECL_EXTERNAL to find out which FUNCTION_DECL
nodes represent definitions and which ones represent mere
declarations. We have to check DECL_INITIAL instead. That's because
the C front-end supports some weird semantics for "extern inline"
function definitions. These can get inlined within the current
translation unit (an thus, we need to generate Dwarf info for their
abstract instances so that the Dwarf info for the concrete inlined
instances can have something to refer to) but the compiler never
generates any out-of-lines instances of such things (despite the fact
that they *are* definitions).
The important point is that the C front-end marks these "extern
inline" functions as DECL_EXTERNAL, but we need to generate DWARF for
them anyway. Note that the C++ front-end also plays some similar games
for inline function definitions appearing within include files which
also contain `#pragma interface' pragmas. */
if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE)
return;
/* If we're a nested function, initially use a parent of NULL; if we're
a plain function, this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. If
we're a method, it will be ignored, since we already have a DIE. */
if (decl_function_context (decl))
context_die = NULL;
break;
case VAR_DECL:
/* Ignore this VAR_DECL if it refers to a file-scope extern data object
declaration and if the declaration was never even referenced from
within this entire compilation unit. We suppress these DIEs in
order to save space in the .debug section (by eliminating entries
which are probably useless). Note that we must not suppress
block-local extern declarations (whether used or not) because that
would screw-up the debugger's name lookup mechanism and cause it to
miss things which really ought to be in scope at a given point. */
if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) && !TREE_USED (decl))
return;
/* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
variable declarations or definitions. */
if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
return;
break;
case TYPE_DECL:
/* Don't emit stubs for types unless they are needed by other DIEs. */
if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (decl))
return;
/* Don't bother trying to generate any DIEs to represent any of the
normal built-in types for the language we are compiling. */
if (DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl) == 0)
{
/* OK, we need to generate one for `bool' so GDB knows what type
comparisons have. */
if ((get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language)
== DW_LANG_C_plus_plus)
&& TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == BOOLEAN_TYPE
&& ! DECL_IGNORED_P (decl))
modified_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), 0, 0, NULL);
return;
}
/* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs for types. */
if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
return;
/* If we're a function-scope tag, initially use a parent of NULL;
this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. */
if (decl_function_context (decl))
context_die = NULL;
break;
default:
return;
}
gen_decl_die (decl, context_die);
}
/* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of the generated code for
a lexical block. */
static void
dwarf2out_begin_block (line, blocknum)
unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
unsigned int blocknum;
{
function_section (current_function_decl);
ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL, blocknum);
}
/* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the end of the generated code for a
lexical block. */
static void
dwarf2out_end_block (line, blocknum)
unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
unsigned int blocknum;
{
function_section (current_function_decl);
ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, BLOCK_END_LABEL, blocknum);
}
/* Returns nonzero if it is appropriate not to emit any debugging
information for BLOCK, because it doesn't contain any instructions.
Don't allow this for blocks with nested functions or local classes
as we would end up with orphans, and in the presence of scheduling
we may end up calling them anyway. */
static bool
dwarf2out_ignore_block (block)
tree block;
{
tree decl;
for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (block); decl; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL
|| (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl)))
return 0;
return 1;
}
/* Lookup FILE_NAME (in the list of filenames that we know about here in
dwarf2out.c) and return its "index". The index of each (known) filename is
just a unique number which is associated with only that one filename. We
need such numbers for the sake of generating labels (in the .debug_sfnames
section) and references to those files numbers (in the .debug_srcinfo
and.debug_macinfo sections). If the filename given as an argument is not
found in our current list, add it to the list and assign it the next
available unique index number. In order to speed up searches, we remember
the index of the filename was looked up last. This handles the majority of
all searches. */
static unsigned
lookup_filename (file_name)
const char *file_name;
{
unsigned i;
/* ??? Why isn't DECL_SOURCE_FILE left null instead. */
if (strcmp (file_name, "<internal>") == 0
|| strcmp (file_name, "<built-in>") == 0)
return 0;
/* Check to see if the file name that was searched on the previous
call matches this file name. If so, return the index. */
if (file_table.last_lookup_index != 0)
if (0 == strcmp (file_name,
file_table.table[file_table.last_lookup_index]))
return file_table.last_lookup_index;
/* Didn't match the previous lookup, search the table */
for (i = 1; i < file_table.in_use; i++)
if (strcmp (file_name, file_table.table[i]) == 0)
{
file_table.last_lookup_index = i;
return i;
}
/* Prepare to add a new table entry by making sure there is enough space in
the table to do so. If not, expand the current table. */
if (i == file_table.allocated)
{
file_table.allocated = i + FILE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
file_table.table = (char **)
xrealloc (file_table.table, file_table.allocated * sizeof (char *));
}
/* Add the new entry to the end of the filename table. */
file_table.table[i] = xstrdup (file_name);
file_table.in_use = i + 1;
file_table.last_lookup_index = i;
if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.file %u \"%s\"\n", i, file_name);
return i;
}
static void
init_file_table ()
{
/* Allocate the initial hunk of the file_table. */
file_table.table = (char **) xcalloc (FILE_TABLE_INCREMENT, sizeof (char *));
file_table.allocated = FILE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
/* Skip the first entry - file numbers begin at 1. */
file_table.in_use = 1;
file_table.last_lookup_index = 0;
}
/* Output a label to mark the beginning of a source code line entry
and record information relating to this source line, in
'line_info_table' for later output of the .debug_line section. */
static void
dwarf2out_source_line (line, filename)
unsigned int line;
const char *filename;
{
if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
{
function_section (current_function_decl);
/* If requested, emit something human-readable. */
if (flag_debug_asm)
fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s %s:%d\n", ASM_COMMENT_START,
filename, line);
if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
{
unsigned file_num = lookup_filename (filename);
/* Emit the .loc directive understood by GNU as. */
fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.loc %d %d 0\n", file_num, line);
/* Indicate that line number info exists. */
line_info_table_in_use++;
/* Indicate that multiple line number tables exist. */
if (DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl))
separate_line_info_table_in_use++;
}
else if (DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl))
{
dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info;
ASM_OUTPUT_INTERNAL_LABEL (asm_out_file, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL,
separate_line_info_table_in_use);
/* expand the line info table if necessary */
if (separate_line_info_table_in_use
== separate_line_info_table_allocated)
{
separate_line_info_table_allocated += LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
separate_line_info_table
= (dw_separate_line_info_ref)
xrealloc (separate_line_info_table,
separate_line_info_table_allocated
* sizeof (dw_separate_line_info_entry));
}
/* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
line_info
= &separate_line_info_table[separate_line_info_table_in_use++];
line_info->dw_file_num = lookup_filename (filename);
line_info->dw_line_num = line;
line_info->function = current_funcdef_number;
}
else
{
dw_line_info_ref line_info;
ASM_OUTPUT_INTERNAL_LABEL (asm_out_file, LINE_CODE_LABEL,
line_info_table_in_use);
/* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
if (line_info_table_in_use == line_info_table_allocated)
{
line_info_table_allocated += LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
line_info_table
= (dw_line_info_ref)
xrealloc (line_info_table,
(line_info_table_allocated
* sizeof (dw_line_info_entry)));
}
/* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
line_info = &line_info_table[line_info_table_in_use++];
line_info->dw_file_num = lookup_filename (filename);
line_info->dw_line_num = line;
}
}
}
/* Record the beginning of a new source file. */
static void
dwarf2out_start_source_file (lineno, filename)
unsigned int lineno;
const char *filename;
{
if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups)
{
/* Record the beginning of the file for break_out_includes. */
dw_die_ref bincl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL, comp_unit_die, NULL);
add_AT_string (bincl_die, DW_AT_name, filename);
}
if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
{
named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_start_file, "Start new file");
dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "Included from line number %d",
lineno);
dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lookup_filename (filename),
"Filename we just started");
}
}
/* Record the end of a source file. */
static void
dwarf2out_end_source_file (lineno)
unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
{
if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups)
/* Record the end of the file for break_out_includes. */
new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL, comp_unit_die, NULL);
if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
{
named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_end_file, "End file");
}
}
/* Called from debug_define in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
static void
dwarf2out_define (lineno, buffer)
unsigned lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
{
if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
{
named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_define, "Define macro");
dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "At line number %d", lineno);
dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer, -1, "The macro");
}
}
/* Called from debug_undef in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
static void
dwarf2out_undef (lineno, buffer)
unsigned lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
{
if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
{
named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_undef, "Undefine macro");
dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "At line number %d", lineno);
dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer, -1, "The macro");
}
}
/* Set up for Dwarf output at the start of compilation. */
static void
dwarf2out_init (main_input_filename)
const char *main_input_filename;
{
init_file_table ();
/* Remember the name of the primary input file. */
primary_filename = main_input_filename;
/* Add it to the file table first, under the assumption that we'll
be emitting line number data for it first, which avoids having
to add an initial DW_LNS_set_file. */
lookup_filename (main_input_filename);
/* Allocate the initial hunk of the decl_die_table. */
decl_die_table
= (dw_die_ref *) xcalloc (DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT, sizeof (dw_die_ref));
decl_die_table_allocated = DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
decl_die_table_in_use = 0;
/* Allocate the initial hunk of the decl_scope_table. */
VARRAY_TREE_INIT (decl_scope_table, 256, "decl_scope_table");
ggc_add_tree_varray_root (&decl_scope_table, 1);
/* Allocate the initial hunk of the abbrev_die_table. */
abbrev_die_table
= (dw_die_ref *) xcalloc (ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT,
sizeof (dw_die_ref));
abbrev_die_table_allocated = ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
/* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused */
abbrev_die_table_in_use = 1;
/* Allocate the initial hunk of the line_info_table. */
line_info_table
= (dw_line_info_ref) xcalloc (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT,
sizeof (dw_line_info_entry));
line_info_table_allocated = LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
/* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused */
line_info_table_in_use = 1;
/* Generate the initial DIE for the .debug section. Note that the (string)
value given in the DW_AT_name attribute of the DW_TAG_compile_unit DIE
will (typically) be a relative pathname and that this pathname should be
taken as being relative to the directory from which the compiler was
invoked when the given (base) source file was compiled. */
comp_unit_die = gen_compile_unit_die (main_input_filename);
VARRAY_TREE_INIT (incomplete_types, 64, "incomplete_types");
ggc_add_tree_varray_root (&incomplete_types, 1);
VARRAY_RTX_INIT (used_rtx_varray, 32, "used_rtx_varray");
ggc_add_rtx_varray_root (&used_rtx_varray, 1);
ggc_add_root (&limbo_die_list, 1, 1, mark_limbo_die_list);
ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_end_label, TEXT_END_LABEL, 0);
ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (abbrev_section_label,
DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
if (DWARF2_GENERATE_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL)
ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_section_label, TEXT_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
else
strcpy (text_section_label, stripattributes (TEXT_SECTION_NAME));
ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_info_section_label,
DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_line_section_label,
DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (ranges_section_label,
DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
named_section_flags (DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, abbrev_section_label);
named_section_flags (DEBUG_INFO_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, debug_info_section_label);
named_section_flags (DEBUG_LINE_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, debug_line_section_label);
if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
{
named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (macinfo_section_label,
DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, macinfo_section_label);
}
if (DWARF2_GENERATE_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL)
{
text_section ();
ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, text_section_label);
}
}
/* Allocate a string in .debug_str hash table. */
static hashnode
indirect_string_alloc (tab)
hash_table *tab ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
{
struct indirect_string_node *node;
node = xmalloc (sizeof (struct indirect_string_node));
node->refcount = 0;
node->form = 0;
node->label = NULL;
return (hashnode) node;
}
/* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish called through
ht_forall. Emit one queued .debug_str string. */
static int
output_indirect_string (pfile, h, v)
struct cpp_reader *pfile ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
hashnode h;
const PTR v ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
{
struct indirect_string_node *node = (struct indirect_string_node *) h;
if (node->form == DW_FORM_strp)
{
named_section_flags (DEBUG_STR_SECTION, DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS);
ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, node->label);
assemble_string ((const char *) HT_STR (&node->id),
HT_LEN (&node->id) + 1);
}
return 1;
}
/* Output stuff that dwarf requires at the end of every file,
and generate the DWARF-2 debugging info. */
static void
dwarf2out_finish (input_filename)
const char *input_filename ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
{
limbo_die_node *node, *next_node;
dw_die_ref die = 0;
/* Traverse the limbo die list, and add parent/child links. The only
dies without parents that should be here are concrete instances of
inline functions, and the comp_unit_die. We can ignore the comp_unit_die.
For concrete instances, we can get the parent die from the abstract
instance. */
for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = next_node)
{
next_node = node->next;
die = node->die;
if (die->die_parent == NULL)
{
dw_die_ref origin = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin);
tree context;
if (origin)
add_child_die (origin->die_parent, die);
else if (die == comp_unit_die)
;
/* If this was an expression for a bound involved in a function
return type, it may be a SAVE_EXPR for which we weren't able
to find a DIE previously. So try now. */
else if (node->created_for
&& TREE_CODE (node->created_for) == SAVE_EXPR
&& 0 != (origin = (lookup_decl_die
(SAVE_EXPR_CONTEXT
(node->created_for)))))
add_child_die (origin, die);
else if (errorcount > 0 || sorrycount > 0)
/* It's OK to be confused by errors in the input. */
add_child_die (comp_unit_die, die);
else if (node->created_for
&& ((DECL_P (node->created_for)
&& (context = DECL_CONTEXT (node->created_for)))
|| (TYPE_P (node->created_for)
&& (context = TYPE_CONTEXT (node->created_for))))
&& TREE_CODE (context) == FUNCTION_DECL)
{
/* In certain situations, the lexical block containing a
nested function can be optimized away, which results
in the nested function die being orphaned. Likewise
with the return type of that nested function. Force
this to be a child of the containing function. */
origin = lookup_decl_die (context);
if (! origin)
abort ();
add_child_die (origin, die);
}
else
abort ();
}
free (node);
}
limbo_die_list = NULL;
/* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
emit full debugging info for them. */
retry_incomplete_types ();
/* We need to reverse all the dies before break_out_includes, or
we'll see the end of an include file before the beginning. */
reverse_all_dies (comp_unit_die);
/* Generate separate CUs for each of the include files we've seen.
They will go into limbo_die_list. */
if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups)
break_out_includes (comp_unit_die);
/* Traverse the DIE's and add add sibling attributes to those DIE's
that have children. */
add_sibling_attributes (comp_unit_die);
for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
add_sibling_attributes (node->die);
/* Output a terminator label for the .text section. */
text_section ();
ASM_OUTPUT_INTERNAL_LABEL (asm_out_file, TEXT_END_LABEL, 0);
/* Output the source line correspondence table. We must do this
even if there is no line information. Otherwise, on an empty
translation unit, we will generate a present, but empty,
.debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm' will then complain when
examining the file. */
if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
{
named_section_flags (DEBUG_LINE_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
output_line_info ();
}
/* Output location list section if necessary. */
if (have_location_lists)
{
/* Output the location lists info. */
named_section_flags (DEBUG_LOC_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loc_section_label,
DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, loc_section_label);
output_location_lists (die);
have_location_lists = 0;
}
/* We can only use the low/high_pc attributes if all of the code was
in .text. */
if (separate_line_info_table_in_use == 0)
{
add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_low_pc, text_section_label);
add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_high_pc, text_end_label);
}
/* If it wasn't, we need to give .debug_loc and .debug_ranges an appropriate
"base address". Use zero so that these addresses become absolute. */
else if (have_location_lists || ranges_table_in_use)
add_AT_addr (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_entry_pc, const0_rtx);
if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
add_AT_lbl_offset (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_stmt_list,
debug_line_section_label);
if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
add_AT_lbl_offset (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_macro_info, macinfo_section_label);
/* Output all of the compilation units. We put the main one last so that
the offsets are available to output_pubnames. */
for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
output_comp_unit (node->die);
output_comp_unit (comp_unit_die);
/* Output the abbreviation table. */
named_section_flags (DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
output_abbrev_section ();
/* Output public names table if necessary. */
if (pubname_table_in_use)
{
named_section_flags (DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
output_pubnames ();
}
/* Output the address range information. We only put functions in the arange
table, so don't write it out if we don't have any. */
if (fde_table_in_use)
{
named_section_flags (DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
output_aranges ();
}
/* Output ranges section if necessary. */
if (ranges_table_in_use)
{
named_section_flags (DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, ranges_section_label);
output_ranges ();
}
/* Have to end the primary source file. */
if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
{
named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_end_file, "End file");
}
/* If we emitted any DW_FORM_strp form attribute, output the string
table too. */
if (debug_str_hash)
ht_forall (debug_str_hash, output_indirect_string, NULL);
}
#endif /* DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO || DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO */
Reference in New Issue View Git Blame Copy Permalink